7ddd4e4126
The most important change is support for adapters based on 82571 and 82572 chips. Tested on: 82547EI on i386 Tested on: 82540EM on sparc64
6822 lines
227 KiB
C
6822 lines
227 KiB
C
/*******************************************************************************
|
|
|
|
Copyright (c) 2001-2005, Intel Corporation
|
|
All rights reserved.
|
|
|
|
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
|
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
|
|
|
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
|
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
|
|
|
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
|
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
|
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
|
|
|
3. Neither the name of the Intel Corporation nor the names of its
|
|
contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
|
|
this software without specific prior written permission.
|
|
|
|
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
|
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
|
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
|
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
|
|
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
|
|
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
|
|
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
|
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
|
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
|
|
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
|
|
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
|
|
|
*******************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
/* if_em_hw.c
|
|
* Shared functions for accessing and configuring the MAC
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
|
|
__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$");
|
|
|
|
#include <dev/em/if_em_hw.h>
|
|
|
|
static int32_t em_set_phy_type(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static void em_phy_init_script(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static int32_t em_setup_copper_link(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static int32_t em_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static int32_t em_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static int32_t em_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static int32_t em_config_mac_to_phy(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static void em_raise_mdi_clk(struct em_hw *hw, uint32_t *ctrl);
|
|
static void em_lower_mdi_clk(struct em_hw *hw, uint32_t *ctrl);
|
|
static void em_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct em_hw *hw, uint32_t data,
|
|
uint16_t count);
|
|
static uint16_t em_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static int32_t em_phy_reset_dsp(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static int32_t em_write_eeprom_spi(struct em_hw *hw, uint16_t offset,
|
|
uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
|
|
static int32_t em_write_eeprom_microwire(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint16_t offset, uint16_t words,
|
|
uint16_t *data);
|
|
static int32_t em_spi_eeprom_ready(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static void em_raise_ee_clk(struct em_hw *hw, uint32_t *eecd);
|
|
static void em_lower_ee_clk(struct em_hw *hw, uint32_t *eecd);
|
|
static void em_shift_out_ee_bits(struct em_hw *hw, uint16_t data,
|
|
uint16_t count);
|
|
static int32_t em_write_phy_reg_ex(struct em_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr,
|
|
uint16_t phy_data);
|
|
static int32_t em_read_phy_reg_ex(struct em_hw *hw,uint32_t reg_addr,
|
|
uint16_t *phy_data);
|
|
static uint16_t em_shift_in_ee_bits(struct em_hw *hw, uint16_t count);
|
|
static int32_t em_acquire_eeprom(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static void em_release_eeprom(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static void em_standby_eeprom(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static int32_t em_set_vco_speed(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static int32_t em_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static int32_t em_set_phy_mode(struct em_hw *hw);
|
|
static int32_t em_host_if_read_cookie(struct em_hw *hw, uint8_t *buffer);
|
|
static uint8_t em_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, uint32_t length);
|
|
|
|
/* IGP cable length table */
|
|
static const
|
|
uint16_t em_igp_cable_length_table[IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
|
|
{ 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5,
|
|
5, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 25, 25, 25,
|
|
25, 25, 25, 25, 30, 30, 30, 30, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40,
|
|
40, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60,
|
|
60, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 90, 90, 90,
|
|
90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100,
|
|
100, 100, 100, 100, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110,
|
|
110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120};
|
|
|
|
static const
|
|
uint16_t em_igp_2_cable_length_table[IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
|
|
{ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3, 5, 8, 11, 13, 16, 18, 21,
|
|
0, 0, 0, 3, 6, 10, 13, 16, 19, 23, 26, 29, 32, 35, 38, 41,
|
|
6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 33, 37, 41, 44, 48, 51, 54, 58, 61,
|
|
21, 26, 31, 35, 40, 44, 49, 53, 57, 61, 65, 68, 72, 75, 79, 82,
|
|
40, 45, 51, 56, 61, 66, 70, 75, 79, 83, 87, 91, 94, 98, 101, 104,
|
|
60, 66, 72, 77, 82, 87, 92, 96, 100, 104, 108, 111, 114, 117, 119, 121,
|
|
83, 89, 95, 100, 105, 109, 113, 116, 119, 122, 124,
|
|
104, 109, 114, 118, 121, 124};
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Set the phy type member in the hw struct.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_set_phy_type(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_set_phy_type");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_undefined)
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
|
|
|
|
switch(hw->phy_id) {
|
|
case M88E1000_E_PHY_ID:
|
|
case M88E1000_I_PHY_ID:
|
|
case M88E1011_I_PHY_ID:
|
|
case M88E1111_I_PHY_ID:
|
|
hw->phy_type = em_phy_m88;
|
|
break;
|
|
case IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID:
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_82541 ||
|
|
hw->mac_type == em_82541_rev_2 ||
|
|
hw->mac_type == em_82547 ||
|
|
hw->mac_type == em_82547_rev_2) {
|
|
hw->phy_type = em_phy_igp;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
/* Fall Through */
|
|
default:
|
|
/* Should never have loaded on this device */
|
|
hw->phy_type = em_phy_undefined;
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* IGP phy init script - initializes the GbE PHY
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
static void
|
|
em_phy_init_script(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_saved_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_phy_init_script");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->phy_init_script) {
|
|
msec_delay(20);
|
|
|
|
/* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
|
|
* the end of this routine. */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
|
|
|
|
/* Disabled the PHY transmitter */
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
|
|
|
|
msec_delay(20);
|
|
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw,0x0000,0x0140);
|
|
|
|
msec_delay(5);
|
|
|
|
switch(hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82541:
|
|
case em_82547:
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F95, 0x0001);
|
|
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F71, 0xBD21);
|
|
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F79, 0x0018);
|
|
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F30, 0x1600);
|
|
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F31, 0x0014);
|
|
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F32, 0x161C);
|
|
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F94, 0x0003);
|
|
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F96, 0x003F);
|
|
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2010, 0x0008);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case em_82541_rev_2:
|
|
case em_82547_rev_2:
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F73, 0x0099);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000, 0x3300);
|
|
|
|
msec_delay(20);
|
|
|
|
/* Now enable the transmitter */
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_82547) {
|
|
uint16_t fused, fine, coarse;
|
|
|
|
/* Move to analog registers page */
|
|
em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);
|
|
|
|
if(!(fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_ENABLED)) {
|
|
em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);
|
|
|
|
fine = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK;
|
|
coarse = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK;
|
|
|
|
if(coarse > IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH) {
|
|
coarse -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_10;
|
|
fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_1;
|
|
} else if(coarse == IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH)
|
|
fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_10;
|
|
|
|
fused = (fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_POLY_MASK) |
|
|
(fine & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK) |
|
|
(coarse & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK);
|
|
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_CONTROL, fused);
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_BYPASS,
|
|
IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_ENABLE_SW_CONTROL);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Set the mac type member in the hw struct.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_set_mac_type(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_set_mac_type");
|
|
|
|
switch (hw->device_id) {
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82542:
|
|
switch (hw->revision_id) {
|
|
case E1000_82542_2_0_REV_ID:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82542_rev2_0;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_82542_2_1_REV_ID:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82542_rev2_1;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
/* Invalid 82542 revision ID */
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_FIBER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_COPPER:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82543;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_COPPER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_FIBER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_COPPER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_LOM:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82544;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM_LOM:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LOM:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LP:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82540;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_COPPER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_FIBER:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82545;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_COPPER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_FIBER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82545_rev_3;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_COPPER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_FIBER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82546;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_COPPER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_FIBER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_PCIE:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82546_rev_3;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER_LOM:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI_MOBILE:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82541;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_LF:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_MOBILE:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82541_rev_2;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI_MOBILE:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82547;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82547GI:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82547_rev_2;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_COPPER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_FIBER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82571;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_COPPER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_FIBER:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82572;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E_IAMT:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82573L:
|
|
hw->mac_type = em_82573;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
/* Should never have loaded on this device */
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch(hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82571:
|
|
case em_82572:
|
|
case em_82573:
|
|
hw->eeprom_semaphore_present = TRUE;
|
|
/* fall through */
|
|
case em_82541:
|
|
case em_82547:
|
|
case em_82541_rev_2:
|
|
case em_82547_rev_2:
|
|
hw->asf_firmware_present = TRUE;
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
* Set media type and TBI compatibility.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* **************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_set_media_type(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t status;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_set_media_type");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type != em_82543) {
|
|
/* tbi_compatibility is only valid on 82543 */
|
|
hw->tbi_compatibility_en = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (hw->device_id) {
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
|
|
case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
|
|
hw->media_type = em_media_type_internal_serdes;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
switch (hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_0:
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_1:
|
|
hw->media_type = em_media_type_fiber;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82573:
|
|
/*
|
|
* The STATUS_TBIMODE bit is reserved or reused for
|
|
* this device.
|
|
*/
|
|
hw->media_type = em_media_type_copper;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
|
|
if (status & E1000_STATUS_TBIMODE) {
|
|
hw->media_type = em_media_type_fiber;
|
|
/* tbi_compatibility not valid on fiber */
|
|
hw->tbi_compatibility_en = FALSE;
|
|
} else
|
|
hw->media_type = em_media_type_copper;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Reset the transmit and receive units; mask and clear all interrupts.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_reset_hw(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ctrl;
|
|
uint32_t ctrl_ext;
|
|
uint32_t icr;
|
|
uint32_t manc;
|
|
uint32_t led_ctrl;
|
|
uint32_t timeout;
|
|
uint32_t extcnf_ctrl;
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_reset_hw");
|
|
|
|
/* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI before issuing a device reset */
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_82542_rev2_0) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
|
|
em_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(hw->bus_type == em_bus_type_pci_express) {
|
|
/* Prevent the PCI-E bus from sticking if there is no TLP connection
|
|
* on the last TLP read/write transaction when MAC is reset.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(em_disable_pciex_master(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("PCI-E Master disable polling has failed.\n");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
|
|
|
|
/* Disable the Transmit and Receive units. Then delay to allow
|
|
* any pending transactions to complete before we hit the MAC with
|
|
* the global reset.
|
|
*/
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, 0);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, E1000_TCTL_PSP);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* The tbi_compatibility_on Flag must be cleared when Rctl is cleared. */
|
|
hw->tbi_compatibility_on = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Delay to allow any outstanding PCI transactions to complete before
|
|
* resetting the device
|
|
*/
|
|
msec_delay(10);
|
|
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
|
|
/* Must reset the PHY before resetting the MAC */
|
|
if((hw->mac_type == em_82541) || (hw->mac_type == em_82547)) {
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST));
|
|
msec_delay(5);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Must acquire the MDIO ownership before MAC reset.
|
|
* Ownership defaults to firmware after a reset. */
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_82573) {
|
|
timeout = 10;
|
|
|
|
extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
|
|
extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
|
|
extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
|
|
|
|
if(extcnf_ctrl & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP)
|
|
break;
|
|
else
|
|
extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;
|
|
|
|
msec_delay(2);
|
|
timeout--;
|
|
} while(timeout);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Issue a global reset to the MAC. This will reset the chip's
|
|
* transmit, receive, DMA, and link units. It will not effect
|
|
* the current PCI configuration. The global reset bit is self-
|
|
* clearing, and should clear within a microsecond.
|
|
*/
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Issuing a global reset to MAC\n");
|
|
|
|
switch(hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82544:
|
|
case em_82540:
|
|
case em_82545:
|
|
#ifndef __arm__
|
|
case em_82546:
|
|
#endif
|
|
case em_82541:
|
|
case em_82541_rev_2:
|
|
/* These controllers can't ack the 64-bit write when issuing the
|
|
* reset, so use IO-mapping as a workaround to issue the reset */
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_IO(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82545_rev_3:
|
|
case em_82546_rev_3:
|
|
/* Reset is performed on a shadow of the control register */
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_DUP, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* After MAC reset, force reload of EEPROM to restore power-on settings to
|
|
* device. Later controllers reload the EEPROM automatically, so just wait
|
|
* for reload to complete.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch(hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_0:
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_1:
|
|
case em_82543:
|
|
case em_82544:
|
|
/* Wait for reset to complete */
|
|
usec_delay(10);
|
|
ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
|
|
ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
/* Wait for EEPROM reload */
|
|
msec_delay(2);
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82541:
|
|
case em_82541_rev_2:
|
|
case em_82547:
|
|
case em_82547_rev_2:
|
|
/* Wait for EEPROM reload */
|
|
msec_delay(20);
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82573:
|
|
if (em_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE) {
|
|
usec_delay(10);
|
|
ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
|
|
ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
}
|
|
/* fall through */
|
|
case em_82571:
|
|
case em_82572:
|
|
ret_val = em_get_auto_rd_done(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
/* We don't want to continue accessing MAC registers. */
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
/* Wait for EEPROM reload (it happens automatically) */
|
|
msec_delay(5);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Disable HW ARPs on ASF enabled adapters */
|
|
if(hw->mac_type >= em_82540 && hw->mac_type <= em_82547_rev_2) {
|
|
manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
|
|
manc &= ~(E1000_MANC_ARP_EN);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MANC, manc);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if((hw->mac_type == em_82541) || (hw->mac_type == em_82547)) {
|
|
em_phy_init_script(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
|
|
led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
|
|
led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
|
|
led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
|
|
|
|
/* Clear any pending interrupt events. */
|
|
icr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICR);
|
|
|
|
/* If MWI was previously enabled, reenable it. */
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_82542_rev2_0) {
|
|
if(hw->pci_cmd_word & CMD_MEM_WRT_INVALIDATE)
|
|
em_pci_set_mwi(hw);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Performs basic configuration of the adapter.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* Assumes that the controller has previously been reset and is in a
|
|
* post-reset uninitialized state. Initializes the receive address registers,
|
|
* multicast table, and VLAN filter table. Calls routines to setup link
|
|
* configuration and flow control settings. Clears all on-chip counters. Leaves
|
|
* the transmit and receive units disabled and uninitialized.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_init_hw(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ctrl;
|
|
uint32_t i;
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t pcix_cmd_word;
|
|
uint16_t pcix_stat_hi_word;
|
|
uint16_t cmd_mmrbc;
|
|
uint16_t stat_mmrbc;
|
|
uint32_t mta_size;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_init_hw");
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize Identification LED */
|
|
ret_val = em_id_led_init(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error Initializing Identification LED\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Set the media type and TBI compatibility */
|
|
em_set_media_type(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* Disabling VLAN filtering. */
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Initializing the IEEE VLAN\n");
|
|
if (hw->mac_type < em_82545_rev_3)
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, VET, 0);
|
|
em_clear_vfta(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI and put the receiver into reset */
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_82542_rev2_0) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
|
|
em_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, E1000_RCTL_RST);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
msec_delay(5);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Setup the receive address. This involves initializing all of the Receive
|
|
* Address Registers (RARs 0 - 15).
|
|
*/
|
|
em_init_rx_addrs(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* For 82542 (rev 2.0), take the receiver out of reset and enable MWI */
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_82542_rev2_0) {
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, 0);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
msec_delay(1);
|
|
if(hw->pci_cmd_word & CMD_MEM_WRT_INVALIDATE)
|
|
em_pci_set_mwi(hw);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Zero out the Multicast HASH table */
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Zeroing the MTA\n");
|
|
mta_size = E1000_MC_TBL_SIZE;
|
|
for(i = 0; i < mta_size; i++)
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, i, 0);
|
|
|
|
/* Set the PCI priority bit correctly in the CTRL register. This
|
|
* determines if the adapter gives priority to receives, or if it
|
|
* gives equal priority to transmits and receives. Valid only on
|
|
* 82542 and 82543 silicon.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(hw->dma_fairness && hw->mac_type <= em_82543) {
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PRIOR);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch(hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82545_rev_3:
|
|
case em_82546_rev_3:
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
/* Workaround for PCI-X problem when BIOS sets MMRBC incorrectly. */
|
|
if(hw->bus_type == em_bus_type_pcix) {
|
|
em_read_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_COMMAND_REGISTER, &pcix_cmd_word);
|
|
em_read_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_STATUS_REGISTER_HI,
|
|
&pcix_stat_hi_word);
|
|
cmd_mmrbc = (pcix_cmd_word & PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_MASK) >>
|
|
PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_SHIFT;
|
|
stat_mmrbc = (pcix_stat_hi_word & PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_MASK) >>
|
|
PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_SHIFT;
|
|
if(stat_mmrbc == PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_4K)
|
|
stat_mmrbc = PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_2K;
|
|
if(cmd_mmrbc > stat_mmrbc) {
|
|
pcix_cmd_word &= ~PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_MASK;
|
|
pcix_cmd_word |= stat_mmrbc << PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_SHIFT;
|
|
em_write_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_COMMAND_REGISTER,
|
|
&pcix_cmd_word);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Call a subroutine to configure the link and setup flow control. */
|
|
ret_val = em_setup_link(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* Set the transmit descriptor write-back policy */
|
|
if(hw->mac_type > em_82544) {
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL);
|
|
ctrl = (ctrl & ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH) | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
|
|
switch (hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82571:
|
|
case em_82572:
|
|
ctrl |= (1 << 22);
|
|
case em_82573:
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC;
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL, ctrl);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (hw->mac_type == em_82573) {
|
|
em_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(hw);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82571:
|
|
case em_82572:
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL1);
|
|
ctrl &= ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH;
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
|
|
ctrl |= (1 << 22);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL1, ctrl);
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (hw->mac_type == em_82573) {
|
|
uint32_t gcr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GCR);
|
|
gcr |= E1000_GCR_L1_ACT_WITHOUT_L0S_RX;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, GCR, gcr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Clear all of the statistics registers (clear on read). It is
|
|
* important that we do this after we have tried to establish link
|
|
* because the symbol error count will increment wildly if there
|
|
* is no link.
|
|
*/
|
|
em_clear_hw_cntrs(hw);
|
|
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Adjust SERDES output amplitude based on EEPROM setting.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
static int32_t
|
|
em_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint16_t eeprom_data;
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_adjust_serdes_amplitude");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->media_type != em_media_type_internal_serdes)
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
switch(hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82545_rev_3:
|
|
case em_82546_rev_3:
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE, 1, &eeprom_data);
|
|
if (ret_val) {
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) {
|
|
/* Adjust SERDES output amplitude only. */
|
|
eeprom_data &= EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE_MASK;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_EXT_CTRL, eeprom_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Configures flow control and link settings.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* Determines which flow control settings to use. Calls the apropriate media-
|
|
* specific link configuration function. Configures the flow control settings.
|
|
* Assuming the adapter has a valid link partner, a valid link should be
|
|
* established. Assumes the hardware has previously been reset and the
|
|
* transmitter and receiver are not enabled.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_setup_link(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ctrl_ext;
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t eeprom_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_setup_link");
|
|
|
|
/* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, we already have a link.
|
|
* We do not have to set it up again. */
|
|
if (em_check_phy_reset_block(hw))
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
/* Read and store word 0x0F of the EEPROM. This word contains bits
|
|
* that determine the hardware's default PAUSE (flow control) mode,
|
|
* a bit that determines whether the HW defaults to enabling or
|
|
* disabling auto-negotiation, and the direction of the
|
|
* SW defined pins. If there is no SW over-ride of the flow
|
|
* control setting, then the variable hw->fc will
|
|
* be initialized based on a value in the EEPROM.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (hw->fc == em_fc_default) {
|
|
switch (hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82573:
|
|
hw->fc = em_fc_full;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
ret_val = em_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG,
|
|
1, &eeprom_data);
|
|
if (ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) == 0)
|
|
hw->fc = em_fc_none;
|
|
else if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) ==
|
|
EEPROM_WORD0F_ASM_DIR)
|
|
hw->fc = em_fc_tx_pause;
|
|
else
|
|
hw->fc = em_fc_full;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* We want to save off the original Flow Control configuration just
|
|
* in case we get disconnected and then reconnected into a different
|
|
* hub or switch with different Flow Control capabilities.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_82542_rev2_0)
|
|
hw->fc &= (~em_fc_tx_pause);
|
|
|
|
if((hw->mac_type < em_82543) && (hw->report_tx_early == 1))
|
|
hw->fc &= (~em_fc_rx_pause);
|
|
|
|
hw->original_fc = hw->fc;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGOUT1("After fix-ups FlowControl is now = %x\n", hw->fc);
|
|
|
|
/* Take the 4 bits from EEPROM word 0x0F that determine the initial
|
|
* polarity value for the SW controlled pins, and setup the
|
|
* Extended Device Control reg with that info.
|
|
* This is needed because one of the SW controlled pins is used for
|
|
* signal detection. So this should be done before em_setup_pcs_link()
|
|
* or em_phy_setup() is called.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_82543) {
|
|
ctrl_ext = ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_SWPDIO_EXT) <<
|
|
SWDPIO__EXT_SHIFT);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Call the necessary subroutine to configure the link. */
|
|
ret_val = (hw->media_type == em_media_type_copper) ?
|
|
em_setup_copper_link(hw) :
|
|
em_setup_fiber_serdes_link(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize the flow control address, type, and PAUSE timer
|
|
* registers to their default values. This is done even if flow
|
|
* control is disabled, because it does not hurt anything to
|
|
* initialize these registers.
|
|
*/
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Initializing the Flow Control address, type and timer regs\n");
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCAL, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_LOW);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCAH, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_HIGH);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCT, FLOW_CONTROL_TYPE);
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCTTV, hw->fc_pause_time);
|
|
|
|
/* Set the flow control receive threshold registers. Normally,
|
|
* these registers will be set to a default threshold that may be
|
|
* adjusted later by the driver's runtime code. However, if the
|
|
* ability to transmit pause frames in not enabled, then these
|
|
* registers will be set to 0.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(!(hw->fc & em_fc_tx_pause)) {
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, 0);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, 0);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* We need to set up the Receive Threshold high and low water marks
|
|
* as well as (optionally) enabling the transmission of XON frames.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(hw->fc_send_xon) {
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, (hw->fc_low_water | E1000_FCRTL_XONE));
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
|
|
} else {
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, hw->fc_low_water);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Sets up link for a fiber based or serdes based adapter
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* Manipulates Physical Coding Sublayer functions in order to configure
|
|
* link. Assumes the hardware has been previously reset and the transmitter
|
|
* and receiver are not enabled.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
static int32_t
|
|
em_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ctrl;
|
|
uint32_t status;
|
|
uint32_t txcw = 0;
|
|
uint32_t i;
|
|
uint32_t signal = 0;
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_setup_fiber_serdes_link");
|
|
|
|
/* On 82571 and 82572 Fiber connections, SerDes loopback mode persists
|
|
* until explicitly turned off or a power cycle is performed. A read to
|
|
* the register does not indicate its status. Therefore, we ensure
|
|
* loopback mode is disabled during initialization.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (hw->mac_type == em_82571 || hw->mac_type == em_82572)
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SCTL, E1000_DISABLE_SERDES_LOOPBACK);
|
|
|
|
/* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SW Defineable pin 1 will be
|
|
* set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
|
|
* cleared when there is a signal. This applies to fiber media only.
|
|
* If we're on serdes media, adjust the output amplitude to value set in
|
|
* the EEPROM.
|
|
*/
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
if(hw->media_type == em_media_type_fiber)
|
|
signal = (hw->mac_type > em_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_adjust_serdes_amplitude(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* Take the link out of reset */
|
|
ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_LRST);
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust VCO speed to improve BER performance */
|
|
ret_val = em_set_vco_speed(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
em_config_collision_dist(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and setup
|
|
* the device accordingly. If auto-negotiation is enabled, then software
|
|
* will have to set the "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Tranmsit
|
|
* Config Word Register (TXCW) and re-start auto-negotiation. However, if
|
|
* auto-negotiation is disabled, then software will have to manually
|
|
* configure the two flow control enable bits in the CTRL register.
|
|
*
|
|
* The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
|
|
* 0: Flow control is completely disabled
|
|
* 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames, but
|
|
* not send pause frames).
|
|
* 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames but we do
|
|
* not support receiving pause frames).
|
|
* 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (hw->fc) {
|
|
case em_fc_none:
|
|
/* Flow control is completely disabled by a software over-ride. */
|
|
txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD);
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_fc_rx_pause:
|
|
/* RX Flow control is enabled and TX Flow control is disabled by a
|
|
* software over-ride. Since there really isn't a way to advertise
|
|
* that we are capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
|
|
* support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE. Later, we will
|
|
* disable the adapter's ability to send PAUSE frames.
|
|
*/
|
|
txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_fc_tx_pause:
|
|
/* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is disabled, by a
|
|
* software over-ride.
|
|
*/
|
|
txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_ASM_DIR);
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_fc_full:
|
|
/* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software over-ride. */
|
|
txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Since auto-negotiation is enabled, take the link out of reset (the link
|
|
* will be in reset, because we previously reset the chip). This will
|
|
* restart auto-negotiation. If auto-neogtiation is successful then the
|
|
* link-up status bit will be set and the flow control enable bits (RFCE
|
|
* and TFCE) will be set according to their negotiated value.
|
|
*/
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Auto-negotiation enabled\n");
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, txcw);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
|
|
hw->txcw = txcw;
|
|
msec_delay(1);
|
|
|
|
/* If we have a signal (the cable is plugged in) then poll for a "Link-Up"
|
|
* indication in the Device Status Register. Time-out if a link isn't
|
|
* seen in 500 milliseconds seconds (Auto-negotiation should complete in
|
|
* less than 500 milliseconds even if the other end is doing it in SW).
|
|
* For internal serdes, we just assume a signal is present, then poll.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(hw->media_type == em_media_type_internal_serdes ||
|
|
(E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL) & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Looking for Link\n");
|
|
for(i = 0; i < (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10); i++) {
|
|
msec_delay(10);
|
|
status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
|
|
if(status & E1000_STATUS_LU) break;
|
|
}
|
|
if(i == (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10)) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Never got a valid link from auto-neg!!!\n");
|
|
hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
|
|
/* AutoNeg failed to achieve a link, so we'll call
|
|
* em_check_for_link. This routine will force the link up if
|
|
* we detect a signal. This will allow us to communicate with
|
|
* non-autonegotiating link partners.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_check_for_link(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error while checking for link\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Valid Link Found\n");
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("No Signal Detected\n");
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Make sure we have a valid PHY and change PHY mode before link setup.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
static int32_t
|
|
em_copper_link_preconfig(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ctrl;
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_copper_link_preconfig");
|
|
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
/* With 82543, we need to force speed and duplex on the MAC equal to what
|
|
* the PHY speed and duplex configuration is. In addition, we need to
|
|
* perform a hardware reset on the PHY to take it out of reset.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(hw->mac_type > em_82543) {
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SLU;
|
|
ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
|
|
} else {
|
|
ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX | E1000_CTRL_SLU);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
|
|
ret_val = em_phy_hw_reset(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure we have a valid PHY */
|
|
ret_val = em_detect_gig_phy(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error, did not detect valid phy.\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
DEBUGOUT1("Phy ID = %x \n", hw->phy_id);
|
|
|
|
/* Set PHY to class A mode (if necessary) */
|
|
ret_val = em_set_phy_mode(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
if((hw->mac_type == em_82545_rev_3) ||
|
|
(hw->mac_type == em_82546_rev_3)) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
|
|
phy_data |= 0x00000008;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type <= em_82543 ||
|
|
hw->mac_type == em_82541 || hw->mac_type == em_82547 ||
|
|
hw->mac_type == em_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == em_82547_rev_2)
|
|
hw->phy_reset_disable = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/********************************************************************
|
|
* Copper link setup for em_phy_igp series.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*********************************************************************/
|
|
static int32_t
|
|
em_copper_link_igp_setup(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t led_ctrl;
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_copper_link_igp_setup");
|
|
|
|
if (hw->phy_reset_disable)
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_phy_reset(hw);
|
|
if (ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Wait 10ms for MAC to configure PHY from eeprom settings */
|
|
msec_delay(15);
|
|
|
|
/* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
|
|
led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
|
|
led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
|
|
led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
|
|
|
|
/* disable lplu d3 during driver init */
|
|
ret_val = em_set_d3_lplu_state(hw, FALSE);
|
|
if (ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D3\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* disable lplu d0 during driver init */
|
|
ret_val = em_set_d0_lplu_state(hw, FALSE);
|
|
if (ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D0\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
/* Configure mdi-mdix settings */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
|
|
if (ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
if ((hw->mac_type == em_82541) || (hw->mac_type == em_82547)) {
|
|
hw->dsp_config_state = em_dsp_config_disabled;
|
|
/* Force MDI for earlier revs of the IGP PHY */
|
|
phy_data &= ~(IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX | IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX);
|
|
hw->mdix = 1;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
hw->dsp_config_state = em_dsp_config_enabled;
|
|
phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
|
|
|
|
switch (hw->mdix) {
|
|
case 1:
|
|
phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 2:
|
|
phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 0:
|
|
default:
|
|
phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* set auto-master slave resolution settings */
|
|
if(hw->autoneg) {
|
|
em_ms_type phy_ms_setting = hw->master_slave;
|
|
|
|
if(hw->ffe_config_state == em_ffe_config_active)
|
|
hw->ffe_config_state = em_ffe_config_enabled;
|
|
|
|
if(hw->dsp_config_state == em_dsp_config_activated)
|
|
hw->dsp_config_state = em_dsp_config_enabled;
|
|
|
|
/* when autonegotiation advertisment is only 1000Mbps then we
|
|
* should disable SmartSpeed and enable Auto MasterSlave
|
|
* resolution as hardware default. */
|
|
if(hw->autoneg_advertised == ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
|
|
/* Disable SmartSpeed */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw,
|
|
IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
|
|
phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
/* Set auto Master/Slave resolution process */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* load defaults for future use */
|
|
hw->original_master_slave = (phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE) ?
|
|
((phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_VALUE) ?
|
|
em_ms_force_master :
|
|
em_ms_force_slave) :
|
|
em_ms_auto;
|
|
|
|
switch (phy_ms_setting) {
|
|
case em_ms_force_master:
|
|
phy_data |= (CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE | CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_ms_force_slave:
|
|
phy_data |= CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
|
|
phy_data &= ~(CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_ms_auto:
|
|
phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/********************************************************************
|
|
* Copper link setup for em_phy_m88 series.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*********************************************************************/
|
|
static int32_t
|
|
em_copper_link_mgp_setup(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_copper_link_mgp_setup");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->phy_reset_disable)
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
/* Enable CRS on TX. This must be set for half-duplex operation. */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
|
|
|
|
/* Options:
|
|
* MDI/MDI-X = 0 (default)
|
|
* 0 - Auto for all speeds
|
|
* 1 - MDI mode
|
|
* 2 - MDI-X mode
|
|
* 3 - Auto for 1000Base-T only (MDI-X for 10/100Base-T modes)
|
|
*/
|
|
phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
|
|
|
|
switch (hw->mdix) {
|
|
case 1:
|
|
phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDI_MANUAL_MODE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 2:
|
|
phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDIX_MANUAL_MODE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 3:
|
|
phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_1000T;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 0:
|
|
default:
|
|
phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Options:
|
|
* disable_polarity_correction = 0 (default)
|
|
* Automatic Correction for Reversed Cable Polarity
|
|
* 0 - Disabled
|
|
* 1 - Enabled
|
|
*/
|
|
phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
|
|
if(hw->disable_polarity_correction == 1)
|
|
phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* Force TX_CLK in the Extended PHY Specific Control Register
|
|
* to 25MHz clock.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
|
|
|
|
if (hw->phy_revision < M88E1011_I_REV_4) {
|
|
/* Configure Master and Slave downshift values */
|
|
phy_data &= ~(M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_MASK |
|
|
M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_MASK);
|
|
phy_data |= (M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_1X |
|
|
M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_1X);
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* SW Reset the PHY so all changes take effect */
|
|
ret_val = em_phy_reset(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/********************************************************************
|
|
* Setup auto-negotiation and flow control advertisements,
|
|
* and then perform auto-negotiation.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*********************************************************************/
|
|
static int32_t
|
|
em_copper_link_autoneg(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_copper_link_autoneg");
|
|
|
|
/* Perform some bounds checking on the hw->autoneg_advertised
|
|
* parameter. If this variable is zero, then set it to the default.
|
|
*/
|
|
hw->autoneg_advertised &= AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;
|
|
|
|
/* If autoneg_advertised is zero, we assume it was not defaulted
|
|
* by the calling code so we set to advertise full capability.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(hw->autoneg_advertised == 0)
|
|
hw->autoneg_advertised = AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Reconfiguring auto-neg advertisement params\n");
|
|
ret_val = em_phy_setup_autoneg(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error Setting up Auto-Negotiation\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Restarting Auto-Neg\n");
|
|
|
|
/* Restart auto-negotiation by setting the Auto Neg Enable bit and
|
|
* the Auto Neg Restart bit in the PHY control register.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data |= (MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN | MII_CR_RESTART_AUTO_NEG);
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* Does the user want to wait for Auto-Neg to complete here, or
|
|
* check at a later time (for example, callback routine).
|
|
*/
|
|
if(hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
|
|
ret_val = em_wait_autoneg(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error while waiting for autoneg to complete\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
hw->get_link_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Config the MAC and the PHY after link is up.
|
|
* 1) Set up the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
|
|
* if we are on 82543. If we
|
|
* are on newer silicon, we only need to configure
|
|
* collision distance in the Transmit Control Register.
|
|
* 2) Set up flow control on the MAC to that established with
|
|
* the link partner.
|
|
* 3) Config DSP to improve Gigabit link quality for some PHY revisions.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
static int32_t
|
|
em_copper_link_postconfig(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_copper_link_postconfig");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type >= em_82544) {
|
|
em_config_collision_dist(hw);
|
|
} else {
|
|
ret_val = em_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
ret_val = em_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring Flow Control\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Config DSP to improve Giga link quality */
|
|
if(hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp) {
|
|
ret_val = em_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, TRUE);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring DSP after link up\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Detects which PHY is present and setup the speed and duplex
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
static int32_t
|
|
em_setup_copper_link(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t i;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_setup_copper_link");
|
|
|
|
/* Check if it is a valid PHY and set PHY mode if necessary. */
|
|
ret_val = em_copper_link_preconfig(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
if (hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp ||
|
|
hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp_2) {
|
|
ret_val = em_copper_link_igp_setup(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
} else if (hw->phy_type == em_phy_m88) {
|
|
ret_val = em_copper_link_mgp_setup(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(hw->autoneg) {
|
|
/* Setup autoneg and flow control advertisement
|
|
* and perform autonegotiation */
|
|
ret_val = em_copper_link_autoneg(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* PHY will be set to 10H, 10F, 100H,or 100F
|
|
* depending on value from forced_speed_duplex. */
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Forcing speed and duplex\n");
|
|
ret_val = em_phy_force_speed_duplex(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error Forcing Speed and Duplex\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Check link status. Wait up to 100 microseconds for link to become
|
|
* valid.
|
|
*/
|
|
for(i = 0; i < 10; i++) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
if(phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
|
|
/* Config the MAC and PHY after link is up */
|
|
ret_val = em_copper_link_postconfig(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Valid link established!!!\n");
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
usec_delay(10);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Unable to establish link!!!\n");
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Configures PHY autoneg and flow control advertisement settings
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_phy_setup_autoneg(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t mii_autoneg_adv_reg;
|
|
uint16_t mii_1000t_ctrl_reg;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_phy_setup_autoneg");
|
|
|
|
/* Read the MII Auto-Neg Advertisement Register (Address 4). */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, &mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* Read the MII 1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9). */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* Need to parse both autoneg_advertised and fc and set up
|
|
* the appropriate PHY registers. First we will parse for
|
|
* autoneg_advertised software override. Since we can advertise
|
|
* a plethora of combinations, we need to check each bit
|
|
* individually.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* First we clear all the 10/100 mb speed bits in the Auto-Neg
|
|
* Advertisement Register (Address 4) and the 1000 mb speed bits in
|
|
* the 1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9).
|
|
*/
|
|
mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~REG4_SPEED_MASK;
|
|
mii_1000t_ctrl_reg &= ~REG9_SPEED_MASK;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGOUT1("autoneg_advertised %x\n", hw->autoneg_advertised);
|
|
|
|
/* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Half Duplex? */
|
|
if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_HALF) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Half duplex\n");
|
|
mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_HD_CAPS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Full Duplex? */
|
|
if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_FULL) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Full duplex\n");
|
|
mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_FD_CAPS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Half Duplex? */
|
|
if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_HALF) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Half duplex\n");
|
|
mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_HD_CAPS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Full Duplex? */
|
|
if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_FULL) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Full duplex\n");
|
|
mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_FD_CAPS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* We do not allow the Phy to advertise 1000 Mb Half Duplex */
|
|
if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_HALF) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Half duplex requested, request denied!\n");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Do we want to advertise 1000 Mb Full Duplex? */
|
|
if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Full duplex\n");
|
|
mii_1000t_ctrl_reg |= CR_1000T_FD_CAPS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and
|
|
* setup the PHY advertisement registers accordingly. If
|
|
* auto-negotiation is enabled, then software will have to set the
|
|
* "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Auto-Negotiation
|
|
* Advertisement Register (PHY_AUTONEG_ADV) and re-start auto-negotiation.
|
|
*
|
|
* The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
|
|
* 0: Flow control is completely disabled
|
|
* 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames
|
|
* but not send pause frames).
|
|
* 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
|
|
* but we do not support receiving pause frames).
|
|
* 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
|
|
* other: No software override. The flow control configuration
|
|
* in the EEPROM is used.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (hw->fc) {
|
|
case em_fc_none: /* 0 */
|
|
/* Flow control (RX & TX) is completely disabled by a
|
|
* software over-ride.
|
|
*/
|
|
mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~(NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_fc_rx_pause: /* 1 */
|
|
/* RX Flow control is enabled, and TX Flow control is
|
|
* disabled, by a software over-ride.
|
|
*/
|
|
/* Since there really isn't a way to advertise that we are
|
|
* capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
|
|
* support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE. Later
|
|
* (in em_config_fc_after_link_up) we will disable the
|
|
*hw's ability to send PAUSE frames.
|
|
*/
|
|
mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_fc_tx_pause: /* 2 */
|
|
/* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is
|
|
* disabled, by a software over-ride.
|
|
*/
|
|
mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR;
|
|
mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~NWAY_AR_PAUSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_fc_full: /* 3 */
|
|
/* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software
|
|
* over-ride.
|
|
*/
|
|
mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGOUT1("Auto-Neg Advertising %x\n", mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Force PHY speed and duplex settings to hw->forced_speed_duplex
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
static int32_t
|
|
em_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ctrl;
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t mii_ctrl_reg;
|
|
uint16_t mii_status_reg;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
uint16_t i;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_phy_force_speed_duplex");
|
|
|
|
/* Turn off Flow control if we are forcing speed and duplex. */
|
|
hw->fc = em_fc_none;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGOUT1("hw->fc = %d\n", hw->fc);
|
|
|
|
/* Read the Device Control Register. */
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
|
|
/* Set the bits to Force Speed and Duplex in the Device Ctrl Reg. */
|
|
ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
|
|
ctrl &= ~(DEVICE_SPEED_MASK);
|
|
|
|
/* Clear the Auto Speed Detect Enable bit. */
|
|
ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_ASDE;
|
|
|
|
/* Read the MII Control Register. */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &mii_ctrl_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* We need to disable autoneg in order to force link and duplex. */
|
|
|
|
mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN;
|
|
|
|
/* Are we forcing Full or Half Duplex? */
|
|
if(hw->forced_speed_duplex == em_100_full ||
|
|
hw->forced_speed_duplex == em_10_full) {
|
|
/* We want to force full duplex so we SET the full duplex bits in the
|
|
* Device and MII Control Registers.
|
|
*/
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
|
|
mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\n");
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* We want to force half duplex so we CLEAR the full duplex bits in
|
|
* the Device and MII Control Registers.
|
|
*/
|
|
ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
|
|
mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Half Duplex\n");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Are we forcing 100Mbps??? */
|
|
if(hw->forced_speed_duplex == em_100_full ||
|
|
hw->forced_speed_duplex == em_100_half) {
|
|
/* Set the 100Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 10Mb bits. */
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
|
|
mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_100;
|
|
mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_10);
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Forcing 100mb ");
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* Set the 10Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 100Mb bits. */
|
|
ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000 | E1000_CTRL_SPD_100);
|
|
mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_10;
|
|
mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_100);
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Forcing 10mb ");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
em_config_collision_dist(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
|
|
|
|
if (hw->phy_type == em_phy_m88) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually. M88E1000 requires MDI
|
|
* forced whenever speed are duplex are forced.
|
|
*/
|
|
phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGOUT1("M88E1000 PSCR: %x \n", phy_data);
|
|
|
|
/* Need to reset the PHY or these changes will be ignored */
|
|
mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_RESET;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually. IGP requires MDI
|
|
* forced whenever speed or duplex are forced.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
|
|
phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Write back the modified PHY MII control register. */
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, mii_ctrl_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
usec_delay(1);
|
|
|
|
/* The wait_autoneg_complete flag may be a little misleading here.
|
|
* Since we are forcing speed and duplex, Auto-Neg is not enabled.
|
|
* But we do want to delay for a period while forcing only so we
|
|
* don't generate false No Link messages. So we will wait here
|
|
* only if the user has set wait_autoneg_complete to 1, which is
|
|
* the default.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
|
|
/* We will wait for autoneg to complete. */
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Waiting for forced speed/duplex link.\n");
|
|
mii_status_reg = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
|
|
for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
|
|
/* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
|
|
* to be set.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
|
|
msec_delay(100);
|
|
}
|
|
if((i == 0) &&
|
|
(hw->phy_type == em_phy_m88)) {
|
|
/* We didn't get link. Reset the DSP and wait again for link. */
|
|
ret_val = em_phy_reset_dsp(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting PHY DSP\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met. */
|
|
for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
|
|
if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
|
|
msec_delay(100);
|
|
/* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
|
|
* to be set.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (hw->phy_type == em_phy_m88) {
|
|
/* Because we reset the PHY above, we need to re-force TX_CLK in the
|
|
* Extended PHY Specific Control Register to 25MHz clock. This value
|
|
* defaults back to a 2.5MHz clock when the PHY is reset.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* In addition, because of the s/w reset above, we need to enable CRS on
|
|
* TX. This must be set for both full and half duplex operation.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
if((hw->mac_type == em_82544 || hw->mac_type == em_82543) &&
|
|
(!hw->autoneg) &&
|
|
(hw->forced_speed_duplex == em_10_full ||
|
|
hw->forced_speed_duplex == em_10_half)) {
|
|
ret_val = em_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Sets the collision distance in the Transmit Control register
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* Link should have been established previously. Reads the speed and duplex
|
|
* information from the Device Status register.
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_config_collision_dist(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t tctl;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_config_collision_dist");
|
|
|
|
tctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);
|
|
|
|
tctl &= ~E1000_TCTL_COLD;
|
|
tctl |= E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE << E1000_COLD_SHIFT;
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, tctl);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Sets MAC speed and duplex settings to reflect the those in the PHY
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* mii_reg - data to write to the MII control register
|
|
*
|
|
* The contents of the PHY register containing the needed information need to
|
|
* be passed in.
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
static int32_t
|
|
em_config_mac_to_phy(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ctrl;
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_config_mac_to_phy");
|
|
|
|
/* 82544 or newer MAC, Auto Speed Detection takes care of
|
|
* MAC speed/duplex configuration.*/
|
|
if (hw->mac_type >= em_82544)
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
/* Read the Device Control Register and set the bits to Force Speed
|
|
* and Duplex.
|
|
*/
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
|
|
ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_SEL | E1000_CTRL_ILOS);
|
|
|
|
/* Set up duplex in the Device Control and Transmit Control
|
|
* registers depending on negotiated values.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
if(phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DPLX)
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
|
|
else
|
|
ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
|
|
|
|
em_config_collision_dist(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* Set up speed in the Device Control register depending on
|
|
* negotiated values.
|
|
*/
|
|
if((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS)
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000;
|
|
else if((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_100MBS)
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
|
|
|
|
/* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Forces the MAC's flow control settings.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets the TFCE and RFCE bits in the device control register to reflect
|
|
* the adapter settings. TFCE and RFCE need to be explicitly set by
|
|
* software when a Copper PHY is used because autonegotiation is managed
|
|
* by the PHY rather than the MAC. Software must also configure these
|
|
* bits when link is forced on a fiber connection.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_force_mac_fc(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ctrl;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_force_mac_fc");
|
|
|
|
/* Get the current configuration of the Device Control Register */
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
|
|
/* Because we didn't get link via the internal auto-negotiation
|
|
* mechanism (we either forced link or we got link via PHY
|
|
* auto-neg), we have to manually enable/disable transmit an
|
|
* receive flow control.
|
|
*
|
|
* The "Case" statement below enables/disable flow control
|
|
* according to the "hw->fc" parameter.
|
|
*
|
|
* The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
|
|
* 0: Flow control is completely disabled
|
|
* 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause
|
|
* frames but not send pause frames).
|
|
* 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
|
|
* frames but we do not receive pause frames).
|
|
* 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) is enabled.
|
|
* other: No other values should be possible at this point.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
switch (hw->fc) {
|
|
case em_fc_none:
|
|
ctrl &= (~(E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE));
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_fc_rx_pause:
|
|
ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_RFCE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_fc_tx_pause:
|
|
ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_TFCE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_fc_full:
|
|
ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Disable TX Flow Control for 82542 (rev 2.0) */
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_82542_rev2_0)
|
|
ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Configures flow control settings after link is established
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* Should be called immediately after a valid link has been established.
|
|
* Forces MAC flow control settings if link was forced. When in MII/GMII mode
|
|
* and autonegotiation is enabled, the MAC flow control settings will be set
|
|
* based on the flow control negotiated by the PHY. In TBI mode, the TFCE
|
|
* and RFCE bits will be automaticaly set to the negotiated flow control mode.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_config_fc_after_link_up(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t mii_status_reg;
|
|
uint16_t mii_nway_adv_reg;
|
|
uint16_t mii_nway_lp_ability_reg;
|
|
uint16_t speed;
|
|
uint16_t duplex;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_config_fc_after_link_up");
|
|
|
|
/* Check for the case where we have fiber media and auto-neg failed
|
|
* so we had to force link. In this case, we need to force the
|
|
* configuration of the MAC to match the "fc" parameter.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(((hw->media_type == em_media_type_fiber) && (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
|
|
((hw->media_type == em_media_type_internal_serdes) && (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
|
|
((hw->media_type == em_media_type_copper) && (!hw->autoneg))) {
|
|
ret_val = em_force_mac_fc(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Check for the case where we have copper media and auto-neg is
|
|
* enabled. In this case, we need to check and see if Auto-Neg
|
|
* has completed, and if so, how the PHY and link partner has
|
|
* flow control configured.
|
|
*/
|
|
if((hw->media_type == em_media_type_copper) && hw->autoneg) {
|
|
/* Read the MII Status Register and check to see if AutoNeg
|
|
* has completed. We read this twice because this reg has
|
|
* some "sticky" (latched) bits.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
|
|
/* The AutoNeg process has completed, so we now need to
|
|
* read both the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
|
|
* (Address 4) and the Auto_Negotiation Base Page Ability
|
|
* Register (Address 5) to determine how flow control was
|
|
* negotiated.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV,
|
|
&mii_nway_adv_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY,
|
|
&mii_nway_lp_ability_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* Two bits in the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
|
|
* (Address 4) and two bits in the Auto Negotiation Base
|
|
* Page Ability Register (Address 5) determine flow control
|
|
* for both the PHY and the link partner. The following
|
|
* table, taken out of the IEEE 802.3ab/D6.0 dated March 25,
|
|
* 1999, describes these PAUSE resolution bits and how flow
|
|
* control is determined based upon these settings.
|
|
* NOTE: DC = Don't Care
|
|
*
|
|
* LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
|
|
* PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | NIC Resolution
|
|
*-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
|
|
* 0 | 0 | DC | DC | em_fc_none
|
|
* 0 | 1 | 0 | DC | em_fc_none
|
|
* 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | em_fc_none
|
|
* 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | em_fc_tx_pause
|
|
* 1 | 0 | 0 | DC | em_fc_none
|
|
* 1 | DC | 1 | DC | em_fc_full
|
|
* 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | em_fc_none
|
|
* 1 | 1 | 0 | 1 | em_fc_rx_pause
|
|
*
|
|
*/
|
|
/* Are both PAUSE bits set to 1? If so, this implies
|
|
* Symmetric Flow Control is enabled at both ends. The
|
|
* ASM_DIR bits are irrelevant per the spec.
|
|
*
|
|
* For Symmetric Flow Control:
|
|
*
|
|
* LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
|
|
* PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
|
|
*-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
|
|
* 1 | DC | 1 | DC | em_fc_full
|
|
*
|
|
*/
|
|
if((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
|
|
(mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE)) {
|
|
/* Now we need to check if the user selected RX ONLY
|
|
* of pause frames. In this case, we had to advertise
|
|
* FULL flow control because we could not advertise RX
|
|
* ONLY. Hence, we must now check to see if we need to
|
|
* turn OFF the TRANSMISSION of PAUSE frames.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(hw->original_fc == em_fc_full) {
|
|
hw->fc = em_fc_full;
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = FULL.\r\n");
|
|
} else {
|
|
hw->fc = em_fc_rx_pause;
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\r\n");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* For receiving PAUSE frames ONLY.
|
|
*
|
|
* LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
|
|
* PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
|
|
*-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
|
|
* 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | em_fc_tx_pause
|
|
*
|
|
*/
|
|
else if(!(mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
|
|
(mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
|
|
(mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
|
|
(mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
|
|
hw->fc = em_fc_tx_pause;
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = TX PAUSE frames only.\r\n");
|
|
}
|
|
/* For transmitting PAUSE frames ONLY.
|
|
*
|
|
* LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
|
|
* PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
|
|
*-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
|
|
* 1 | 1 | 0 | 1 | em_fc_rx_pause
|
|
*
|
|
*/
|
|
else if((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
|
|
(mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
|
|
!(mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
|
|
(mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
|
|
hw->fc = em_fc_rx_pause;
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\r\n");
|
|
}
|
|
/* Per the IEEE spec, at this point flow control should be
|
|
* disabled. However, we want to consider that we could
|
|
* be connected to a legacy switch that doesn't advertise
|
|
* desired flow control, but can be forced on the link
|
|
* partner. So if we advertised no flow control, that is
|
|
* what we will resolve to. If we advertised some kind of
|
|
* receive capability (Rx Pause Only or Full Flow Control)
|
|
* and the link partner advertised none, we will configure
|
|
* ourselves to enable Rx Flow Control only. We can do
|
|
* this safely for two reasons: If the link partner really
|
|
* didn't want flow control enabled, and we enable Rx, no
|
|
* harm done since we won't be receiving any PAUSE frames
|
|
* anyway. If the intent on the link partner was to have
|
|
* flow control enabled, then by us enabling RX only, we
|
|
* can at least receive pause frames and process them.
|
|
* This is a good idea because in most cases, since we are
|
|
* predominantly a server NIC, more times than not we will
|
|
* be asked to delay transmission of packets than asking
|
|
* our link partner to pause transmission of frames.
|
|
*/
|
|
else if((hw->original_fc == em_fc_none ||
|
|
hw->original_fc == em_fc_tx_pause) ||
|
|
hw->fc_strict_ieee) {
|
|
hw->fc = em_fc_none;
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = NONE.\r\n");
|
|
} else {
|
|
hw->fc = em_fc_rx_pause;
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\r\n");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Now we need to do one last check... If we auto-
|
|
* negotiated to HALF DUPLEX, flow control should not be
|
|
* enabled per IEEE 802.3 spec.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
|
|
hw->fc = em_fc_none;
|
|
|
|
/* Now we call a subroutine to actually force the MAC
|
|
* controller to use the correct flow control settings.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_force_mac_fc(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Copper PHY and Auto Neg has not completed.\r\n");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Checks to see if the link status of the hardware has changed.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* Called by any function that needs to check the link status of the adapter.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_check_for_link(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t rxcw = 0;
|
|
uint32_t ctrl;
|
|
uint32_t status;
|
|
uint32_t rctl;
|
|
uint32_t icr;
|
|
uint32_t signal = 0;
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_check_for_link");
|
|
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
|
|
|
|
/* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SW Defineable pin 1 will be
|
|
* set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
|
|
* cleared when there is a signal. This applies to fiber media only.
|
|
*/
|
|
if((hw->media_type == em_media_type_fiber) ||
|
|
(hw->media_type == em_media_type_internal_serdes)) {
|
|
rxcw = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXCW);
|
|
|
|
if(hw->media_type == em_media_type_fiber) {
|
|
signal = (hw->mac_type > em_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
|
|
if(status & E1000_STATUS_LU)
|
|
hw->get_link_status = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we have a copper PHY then we only want to go out to the PHY
|
|
* registers to see if Auto-Neg has completed and/or if our link
|
|
* status has changed. The get_link_status flag will be set if we
|
|
* receive a Link Status Change interrupt or we have Rx Sequence
|
|
* Errors.
|
|
*/
|
|
if((hw->media_type == em_media_type_copper) && hw->get_link_status) {
|
|
/* First we want to see if the MII Status Register reports
|
|
* link. If so, then we want to get the current speed/duplex
|
|
* of the PHY.
|
|
* Read the register twice since the link bit is sticky.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
if(phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
|
|
hw->get_link_status = FALSE;
|
|
/* Check if there was DownShift, must be checked immediately after
|
|
* link-up */
|
|
em_check_downshift(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* If we are on 82544 or 82543 silicon and speed/duplex
|
|
* are forced to 10H or 10F, then we will implement the polarity
|
|
* reversal workaround. We disable interrupts first, and upon
|
|
* returning, place the devices interrupt state to its previous
|
|
* value except for the link status change interrupt which will
|
|
* happen due to the execution of this workaround.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if((hw->mac_type == em_82544 || hw->mac_type == em_82543) &&
|
|
(!hw->autoneg) &&
|
|
(hw->forced_speed_duplex == em_10_full ||
|
|
hw->forced_speed_duplex == em_10_half)) {
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
|
|
ret_val = em_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
|
|
icr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICR);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, ICS, (icr & ~E1000_ICS_LSC));
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMS, IMS_ENABLE_MASK);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* No link detected */
|
|
em_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, FALSE);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we are forcing speed/duplex, then we simply return since
|
|
* we have already determined whether we have link or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(!hw->autoneg) return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
|
|
|
|
/* optimize the dsp settings for the igp phy */
|
|
em_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
/* We have a M88E1000 PHY and Auto-Neg is enabled. If we
|
|
* have Si on board that is 82544 or newer, Auto
|
|
* Speed Detection takes care of MAC speed/duplex
|
|
* configuration. So we only need to configure Collision
|
|
* Distance in the MAC. Otherwise, we need to force
|
|
* speed/duplex on the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
|
|
* settings.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(hw->mac_type >= em_82544)
|
|
em_config_collision_dist(hw);
|
|
else {
|
|
ret_val = em_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Configure Flow Control now that Auto-Neg has completed. First, we
|
|
* need to restore the desired flow control settings because we may
|
|
* have had to re-autoneg with a different link partner.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* At this point we know that we are on copper and we have
|
|
* auto-negotiated link. These are conditions for checking the link
|
|
* partner capability register. We use the link speed to determine if
|
|
* TBI compatibility needs to be turned on or off. If the link is not
|
|
* at gigabit speed, then TBI compatibility is not needed. If we are
|
|
* at gigabit speed, we turn on TBI compatibility.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(hw->tbi_compatibility_en) {
|
|
uint16_t speed, duplex;
|
|
em_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
|
|
if(speed != SPEED_1000) {
|
|
/* If link speed is not set to gigabit speed, we do not need
|
|
* to enable TBI compatibility.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
|
|
/* If we previously were in the mode, turn it off. */
|
|
rctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RCTL);
|
|
rctl &= ~E1000_RCTL_SBP;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, rctl);
|
|
hw->tbi_compatibility_on = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* If TBI compatibility is was previously off, turn it on. For
|
|
* compatibility with a TBI link partner, we will store bad
|
|
* packets. Some frames have an additional byte on the end and
|
|
* will look like CRC errors to to the hardware.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(!hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
|
|
hw->tbi_compatibility_on = TRUE;
|
|
rctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RCTL);
|
|
rctl |= E1000_RCTL_SBP;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, rctl);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* If we don't have link (auto-negotiation failed or link partner cannot
|
|
* auto-negotiate), the cable is plugged in (we have signal), and our
|
|
* link partner is not trying to auto-negotiate with us (we are receiving
|
|
* idles or data), we need to force link up. We also need to give
|
|
* auto-negotiation time to complete, in case the cable was just plugged
|
|
* in. The autoneg_failed flag does this.
|
|
*/
|
|
else if((((hw->media_type == em_media_type_fiber) &&
|
|
((ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal)) ||
|
|
(hw->media_type == em_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
|
|
(!(status & E1000_STATUS_LU)) &&
|
|
(!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C))) {
|
|
if(hw->autoneg_failed == 0) {
|
|
hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
DEBUGOUT("NOT RXing /C/, disable AutoNeg and force link.\r\n");
|
|
|
|
/* Disable auto-negotiation in the TXCW register */
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, (hw->txcw & ~E1000_TXCW_ANE));
|
|
|
|
/* Force link-up and also force full-duplex. */
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_SLU | E1000_CTRL_FD);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
|
|
|
|
/* Configure Flow Control after forcing link up. */
|
|
ret_val = em_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* If we are forcing link and we are receiving /C/ ordered sets, re-enable
|
|
* auto-negotiation in the TXCW register and disable forced link in the
|
|
* Device Control register in an attempt to auto-negotiate with our link
|
|
* partner.
|
|
*/
|
|
else if(((hw->media_type == em_media_type_fiber) ||
|
|
(hw->media_type == em_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
|
|
(ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SLU) && (rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C)) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("RXing /C/, enable AutoNeg and stop forcing link.\r\n");
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, hw->txcw);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_SLU));
|
|
|
|
hw->serdes_link_down = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
/* If we force link for non-auto-negotiation switch, check link status
|
|
* based on MAC synchronization for internal serdes media type.
|
|
*/
|
|
else if((hw->media_type == em_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
|
|
!(E1000_TXCW_ANE & E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXCW))) {
|
|
/* SYNCH bit and IV bit are sticky. */
|
|
usec_delay(10);
|
|
if(E1000_RXCW_SYNCH & E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXCW)) {
|
|
if(!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_IV)) {
|
|
hw->serdes_link_down = FALSE;
|
|
DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is up.\n");
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
hw->serdes_link_down = TRUE;
|
|
DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is down.\n");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if((hw->media_type == em_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
|
|
(E1000_TXCW_ANE & E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXCW))) {
|
|
hw->serdes_link_down = !(E1000_STATUS_LU & E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS));
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Detects the current speed and duplex settings of the hardware.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* speed - Speed of the connection
|
|
* duplex - Duplex setting of the connection
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_get_speed_and_duplex(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint16_t *speed,
|
|
uint16_t *duplex)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t status;
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_get_speed_and_duplex");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type >= em_82543) {
|
|
status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
|
|
if(status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_1000) {
|
|
*speed = SPEED_1000;
|
|
DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, ");
|
|
} else if(status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_100) {
|
|
*speed = SPEED_100;
|
|
DEBUGOUT("100 Mbs, ");
|
|
} else {
|
|
*speed = SPEED_10;
|
|
DEBUGOUT("10 Mbs, ");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(status & E1000_STATUS_FD) {
|
|
*duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\r\n");
|
|
} else {
|
|
*duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
|
|
DEBUGOUT(" Half Duplex\r\n");
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, Full Duplex\r\n");
|
|
*speed = SPEED_1000;
|
|
*duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* IGP01 PHY may advertise full duplex operation after speed downgrade even
|
|
* if it is operating at half duplex. Here we set the duplex settings to
|
|
* match the duplex in the link partner's capabilities.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp && hw->speed_downgraded) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_EXP, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
if(!(phy_data & NWAY_ER_LP_NWAY_CAPS))
|
|
*duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
|
|
else {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
if((*speed == SPEED_100 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_100TX_FD_CAPS)) ||
|
|
(*speed == SPEED_10 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_10T_FD_CAPS)))
|
|
*duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Blocks until autoneg completes or times out (~4.5 seconds)
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_wait_autoneg(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t i;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_wait_autoneg");
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Waiting for Auto-Neg to complete.\n");
|
|
|
|
/* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
|
|
for(i = PHY_AUTO_NEG_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
|
|
/* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg
|
|
* Complete bit to be set.
|
|
*/
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
if(phy_data & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
msec_delay(100);
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Raises the Management Data Clock
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* ctrl - Device control register's current value
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
static void
|
|
em_raise_mdi_clk(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint32_t *ctrl)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Raise the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by setting the MDC
|
|
* bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
|
|
*/
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (*ctrl | E1000_CTRL_MDC));
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
usec_delay(10);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Lowers the Management Data Clock
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* ctrl - Device control register's current value
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
static void
|
|
em_lower_mdi_clk(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint32_t *ctrl)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Lower the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by clearing the MDC
|
|
* bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
|
|
*/
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (*ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_MDC));
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
usec_delay(10);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Shifts data bits out to the PHY
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* data - Data to send out to the PHY
|
|
* count - Number of bits to shift out
|
|
*
|
|
* Bits are shifted out in MSB to LSB order.
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
static void
|
|
em_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint32_t data,
|
|
uint16_t count)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ctrl;
|
|
uint32_t mask;
|
|
|
|
/* We need to shift "count" number of bits out to the PHY. So, the value
|
|
* in the "data" parameter will be shifted out to the PHY one bit at a
|
|
* time. In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
|
|
*/
|
|
mask = 0x01;
|
|
mask <<= (count - 1);
|
|
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
|
|
/* Set MDIO_DIR and MDC_DIR direction bits to be used as output pins. */
|
|
ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR | E1000_CTRL_MDC_DIR);
|
|
|
|
while(mask) {
|
|
/* A "1" is shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "1" and
|
|
* then raising and lowering the Management Data Clock. A "0" is
|
|
* shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "0" and then
|
|
* raising and lowering the clock.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(data & mask) ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
|
|
else ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
|
|
usec_delay(10);
|
|
|
|
em_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
|
|
em_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
|
|
|
|
mask = mask >> 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Shifts data bits in from the PHY
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* Bits are shifted in in MSB to LSB order.
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
static uint16_t
|
|
em_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ctrl;
|
|
uint16_t data = 0;
|
|
uint8_t i;
|
|
|
|
/* In order to read a register from the PHY, we need to shift in a total
|
|
* of 18 bits from the PHY. The first two bit (turnaround) times are used
|
|
* to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a read operation is performed.
|
|
* These two bits are ignored by us and thrown away. Bits are "shifted in"
|
|
* by raising the input to the Management Data Clock (setting the MDC bit),
|
|
* and then reading the value of the MDIO bit.
|
|
*/
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
|
|
/* Clear MDIO_DIR (SWDPIO1) to indicate this bit is to be used as input. */
|
|
ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR;
|
|
ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* Raise and Lower the clock before reading in the data. This accounts for
|
|
* the turnaround bits. The first clock occurred when we clocked out the
|
|
* last bit of the Register Address.
|
|
*/
|
|
em_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
|
|
em_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
|
|
|
|
for(data = 0, i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
|
|
data = data << 1;
|
|
em_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
/* Check to see if we shifted in a "1". */
|
|
if(ctrl & E1000_CTRL_MDIO) data |= 1;
|
|
em_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
em_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
|
|
em_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
|
|
|
|
return data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
* Reads the value from a PHY register, if the value is on a specific non zero
|
|
* page, sets the page first.
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* reg_addr - address of the PHY register to read
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_read_phy_reg(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint32_t reg_addr,
|
|
uint16_t *phy_data)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ret_val;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_read_phy_reg");
|
|
|
|
if((hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp ||
|
|
hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp_2) &&
|
|
(reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
|
|
(uint16_t)reg_addr);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
|
|
phy_data);
|
|
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_read_phy_reg_ex(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint32_t reg_addr,
|
|
uint16_t *phy_data)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t i;
|
|
uint32_t mdic = 0;
|
|
const uint32_t phy_addr = 1;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_read_phy_reg_ex");
|
|
|
|
if(reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type > em_82543) {
|
|
/* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, and register address in the MDI
|
|
* Control register. The MAC will take care of interfacing with the
|
|
* PHY to retrieve the desired data.
|
|
*/
|
|
mdic = ((reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
|
|
(phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
|
|
(E1000_MDIC_OP_READ));
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MDIC, mdic);
|
|
|
|
/* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
|
|
for(i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
|
|
usec_delay(50);
|
|
mdic = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MDIC);
|
|
if(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
|
|
}
|
|
if(!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("MDI Read did not complete\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
|
|
}
|
|
if(mdic & E1000_MDIC_ERROR) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("MDI Error\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
|
|
}
|
|
*phy_data = (uint16_t) mdic;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* We must first send a preamble through the MDIO pin to signal the
|
|
* beginning of an MII instruction. This is done by sending 32
|
|
* consecutive "1" bits.
|
|
*/
|
|
em_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);
|
|
|
|
/* Now combine the next few fields that are required for a read
|
|
* operation. We use this method instead of calling the
|
|
* em_shift_out_mdi_bits routine five different times. The format of
|
|
* a MII read instruction consists of a shift out of 14 bits and is
|
|
* defined as follows:
|
|
* <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr>
|
|
* followed by a shift in of 18 bits. This first two bits shifted in
|
|
* are TurnAround bits used to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a
|
|
* READ operation is performed. These two bits are thrown away
|
|
* followed by a shift in of 16 bits which contains the desired data.
|
|
*/
|
|
mdic = ((reg_addr) | (phy_addr << 5) |
|
|
(PHY_OP_READ << 10) | (PHY_SOF << 12));
|
|
|
|
em_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 14);
|
|
|
|
/* Now that we've shifted out the read command to the MII, we need to
|
|
* "shift in" the 16-bit value (18 total bits) of the requested PHY
|
|
* register address.
|
|
*/
|
|
*phy_data = em_shift_in_mdi_bits(hw);
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Writes a value to a PHY register
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* reg_addr - address of the PHY register to write
|
|
* data - data to write to the PHY
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_write_phy_reg(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint32_t reg_addr,
|
|
uint16_t phy_data)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ret_val;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_write_phy_reg");
|
|
|
|
if((hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp ||
|
|
hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp_2) &&
|
|
(reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
|
|
(uint16_t)reg_addr);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
|
|
phy_data);
|
|
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_write_phy_reg_ex(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint32_t reg_addr,
|
|
uint16_t phy_data)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t i;
|
|
uint32_t mdic = 0;
|
|
const uint32_t phy_addr = 1;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_write_phy_reg_ex");
|
|
|
|
if(reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type > em_82543) {
|
|
/* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, register address, and data intended
|
|
* for the PHY register in the MDI Control register. The MAC will take
|
|
* care of interfacing with the PHY to send the desired data.
|
|
*/
|
|
mdic = (((uint32_t) phy_data) |
|
|
(reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
|
|
(phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
|
|
(E1000_MDIC_OP_WRITE));
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MDIC, mdic);
|
|
|
|
/* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
|
|
for(i = 0; i < 640; i++) {
|
|
usec_delay(5);
|
|
mdic = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MDIC);
|
|
if(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
|
|
}
|
|
if(!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("MDI Write did not complete\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* We'll need to use the SW defined pins to shift the write command
|
|
* out to the PHY. We first send a preamble to the PHY to signal the
|
|
* beginning of the MII instruction. This is done by sending 32
|
|
* consecutive "1" bits.
|
|
*/
|
|
em_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);
|
|
|
|
/* Now combine the remaining required fields that will indicate a
|
|
* write operation. We use this method instead of calling the
|
|
* em_shift_out_mdi_bits routine for each field in the command. The
|
|
* format of a MII write instruction is as follows:
|
|
* <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr><Turnaround><Data>.
|
|
*/
|
|
mdic = ((PHY_TURNAROUND) | (reg_addr << 2) | (phy_addr << 7) |
|
|
(PHY_OP_WRITE << 12) | (PHY_SOF << 14));
|
|
mdic <<= 16;
|
|
mdic |= (uint32_t) phy_data;
|
|
|
|
em_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 32);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Returns the PHY to the power-on reset state
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_phy_hw_reset(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ctrl, ctrl_ext;
|
|
uint32_t led_ctrl;
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_phy_hw_reset");
|
|
|
|
/* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
|
|
* simply return success without performing the reset. */
|
|
ret_val = em_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
|
|
if (ret_val)
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Resetting Phy...\n");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type > em_82543) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Read the device control register and assert the E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST
|
|
* bit. Then, take it out of reset.
|
|
* For pre-em_82571 hardware, we delay for 10ms between the assert
|
|
* and deassert. For em_82571 hardware and later, we instead delay
|
|
* for 10ms after the deassertion.
|
|
*/
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
if (hw->mac_type < em_82571)
|
|
msec_delay(10);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
if (hw->mac_type >= em_82571)
|
|
msec_delay(10);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* Read the Extended Device Control Register, assert the PHY_RESET_DIR
|
|
* bit to put the PHY into reset. Then, take it out of reset.
|
|
*/
|
|
ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
|
|
ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DIR;
|
|
ctrl_ext &= ~E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
msec_delay(10);
|
|
ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
}
|
|
usec_delay(150);
|
|
|
|
if((hw->mac_type == em_82541) || (hw->mac_type == em_82547)) {
|
|
/* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
|
|
led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
|
|
led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
|
|
led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Wait for FW to finish PHY configuration. */
|
|
ret_val = em_get_phy_cfg_done(hw);
|
|
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Resets the PHY
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* Sets bit 15 of the MII Control regiser
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_phy_reset(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_phy_reset");
|
|
|
|
/* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
|
|
* simply return success without performing the reset. */
|
|
ret_val = em_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
|
|
if (ret_val)
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
switch (hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82541_rev_2:
|
|
case em_82571:
|
|
case em_82572:
|
|
ret_val = em_phy_hw_reset(hw);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data |= MII_CR_RESET;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
usec_delay(1);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp || hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp_2)
|
|
em_phy_init_script(hw);
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Probes the expected PHY address for known PHY IDs
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_detect_gig_phy(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t phy_init_status, ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_id_high, phy_id_low;
|
|
boolean_t match = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_detect_gig_phy");
|
|
|
|
/* The 82571 firmware may still be configuring the PHY. In this
|
|
* case, we cannot access the PHY until the configuration is done. So
|
|
* we explicitly set the PHY values. */
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_82571 || hw->mac_type == em_82572) {
|
|
hw->phy_id = IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID;
|
|
hw->phy_type = em_phy_igp_2;
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Read the PHY ID Registers to identify which PHY is onboard. */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID1, &phy_id_high);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
hw->phy_id = (uint32_t) (phy_id_high << 16);
|
|
usec_delay(20);
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID2, &phy_id_low);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
hw->phy_id |= (uint32_t) (phy_id_low & PHY_REVISION_MASK);
|
|
hw->phy_revision = (uint32_t) phy_id_low & ~PHY_REVISION_MASK;
|
|
|
|
switch(hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82543:
|
|
if(hw->phy_id == M88E1000_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82544:
|
|
if(hw->phy_id == M88E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82540:
|
|
case em_82545:
|
|
case em_82545_rev_3:
|
|
case em_82546:
|
|
case em_82546_rev_3:
|
|
if(hw->phy_id == M88E1011_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82541:
|
|
case em_82541_rev_2:
|
|
case em_82547:
|
|
case em_82547_rev_2:
|
|
if(hw->phy_id == IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82573:
|
|
if(hw->phy_id == M88E1111_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
DEBUGOUT1("Invalid MAC type %d\n", hw->mac_type);
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
|
|
}
|
|
phy_init_status = em_set_phy_type(hw);
|
|
|
|
if ((match) && (phy_init_status == E1000_SUCCESS)) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT1("PHY ID 0x%X detected\n", hw->phy_id);
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
DEBUGOUT1("Invalid PHY ID 0x%X\n", hw->phy_id);
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Resets the PHY's DSP
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
static int32_t
|
|
em_phy_reset_dsp(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_phy_reset_dsp");
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, 29, 0x001d);
|
|
if(ret_val) break;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x00c1);
|
|
if(ret_val) break;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x0000);
|
|
if(ret_val) break;
|
|
ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
} while(0);
|
|
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Get PHY information from various PHY registers for igp PHY only.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* phy_info - PHY information structure
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_phy_igp_get_info(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
struct em_phy_info *phy_info)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data, polarity, min_length, max_length, average;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_phy_igp_get_info");
|
|
|
|
/* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
|
|
* and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
|
|
phy_info->downshift = (em_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
|
|
|
|
/* IGP01E1000 does not need to support it. */
|
|
phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = em_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
|
|
|
|
/* IGP01E1000 always correct polarity reversal */
|
|
phy_info->polarity_correction = em_polarity_reversal_enabled;
|
|
|
|
/* Check polarity status */
|
|
ret_val = em_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_info->mdix_mode = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
|
|
IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT;
|
|
|
|
if((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
|
|
IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
|
|
/* Local/Remote Receiver Information are only valid at 1000 Mbps */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_info->local_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
|
|
SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;
|
|
phy_info->remote_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
|
|
SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;
|
|
|
|
/* Get cable length */
|
|
ret_val = em_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* Translate to old method */
|
|
average = (max_length + min_length) / 2;
|
|
|
|
if(average <= em_igp_cable_length_50)
|
|
phy_info->cable_length = em_cable_length_50;
|
|
else if(average <= em_igp_cable_length_80)
|
|
phy_info->cable_length = em_cable_length_50_80;
|
|
else if(average <= em_igp_cable_length_110)
|
|
phy_info->cable_length = em_cable_length_80_110;
|
|
else if(average <= em_igp_cable_length_140)
|
|
phy_info->cable_length = em_cable_length_110_140;
|
|
else
|
|
phy_info->cable_length = em_cable_length_140;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Get PHY information from various PHY registers fot m88 PHY only.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* phy_info - PHY information structure
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_phy_m88_get_info(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
struct em_phy_info *phy_info)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data, polarity;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_phy_m88_get_info");
|
|
|
|
/* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
|
|
* and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
|
|
phy_info->downshift = (em_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_info->extended_10bt_distance =
|
|
(phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE) >>
|
|
M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE_SHIFT;
|
|
phy_info->polarity_correction =
|
|
(phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL) >>
|
|
M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_SHIFT;
|
|
|
|
/* Check polarity status */
|
|
ret_val = em_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_info->mdix_mode = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
|
|
M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT;
|
|
|
|
if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS) {
|
|
/* Cable Length Estimation and Local/Remote Receiver Information
|
|
* are only valid at 1000 Mbps.
|
|
*/
|
|
phy_info->cable_length = ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
|
|
M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT);
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_info->local_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
|
|
SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;
|
|
|
|
phy_info->remote_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
|
|
SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Get PHY information from various PHY registers
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* phy_info - PHY information structure
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_phy_get_info(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
struct em_phy_info *phy_info)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_phy_get_info");
|
|
|
|
phy_info->cable_length = em_cable_length_undefined;
|
|
phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = em_10bt_ext_dist_enable_undefined;
|
|
phy_info->cable_polarity = em_rev_polarity_undefined;
|
|
phy_info->downshift = em_downshift_undefined;
|
|
phy_info->polarity_correction = em_polarity_reversal_undefined;
|
|
phy_info->mdix_mode = em_auto_x_mode_undefined;
|
|
phy_info->local_rx = em_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
|
|
phy_info->remote_rx = em_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
|
|
|
|
if(hw->media_type != em_media_type_copper) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid for copper media\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
if((phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) != MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid if link is up\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp ||
|
|
hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp_2)
|
|
return em_phy_igp_get_info(hw, phy_info);
|
|
else
|
|
return em_phy_m88_get_info(hw, phy_info);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_validate_mdi_setting(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_validate_mdi_settings");
|
|
|
|
if(!hw->autoneg && (hw->mdix == 0 || hw->mdix == 3)) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Invalid MDI setting detected\n");
|
|
hw->mdix = 1;
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Sets up eeprom variables in the hw struct. Must be called after mac_type
|
|
* is configured.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_init_eeprom_params(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
struct em_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
|
|
uint32_t eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
|
|
int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
uint16_t eeprom_size;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_init_eeprom_params");
|
|
|
|
switch (hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_0:
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_1:
|
|
case em_82543:
|
|
case em_82544:
|
|
eeprom->type = em_eeprom_microwire;
|
|
eeprom->word_size = 64;
|
|
eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
|
|
eeprom->address_bits = 6;
|
|
eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
|
|
eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
|
|
eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82540:
|
|
case em_82545:
|
|
case em_82545_rev_3:
|
|
case em_82546:
|
|
case em_82546_rev_3:
|
|
eeprom->type = em_eeprom_microwire;
|
|
eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
|
|
eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
|
|
if(eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE) {
|
|
eeprom->word_size = 256;
|
|
eeprom->address_bits = 8;
|
|
} else {
|
|
eeprom->word_size = 64;
|
|
eeprom->address_bits = 6;
|
|
}
|
|
eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
|
|
eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82541:
|
|
case em_82541_rev_2:
|
|
case em_82547:
|
|
case em_82547_rev_2:
|
|
if (eecd & E1000_EECD_TYPE) {
|
|
eeprom->type = em_eeprom_spi;
|
|
eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
|
|
eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
|
|
if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
|
|
eeprom->page_size = 32;
|
|
eeprom->address_bits = 16;
|
|
} else {
|
|
eeprom->page_size = 8;
|
|
eeprom->address_bits = 8;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
eeprom->type = em_eeprom_microwire;
|
|
eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
|
|
eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
|
|
if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
|
|
eeprom->word_size = 256;
|
|
eeprom->address_bits = 8;
|
|
} else {
|
|
eeprom->word_size = 64;
|
|
eeprom->address_bits = 6;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
|
|
eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82571:
|
|
case em_82572:
|
|
eeprom->type = em_eeprom_spi;
|
|
eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
|
|
eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
|
|
if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
|
|
eeprom->page_size = 32;
|
|
eeprom->address_bits = 16;
|
|
} else {
|
|
eeprom->page_size = 8;
|
|
eeprom->address_bits = 8;
|
|
}
|
|
eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
|
|
eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82573:
|
|
eeprom->type = em_eeprom_spi;
|
|
eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
|
|
eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
|
|
if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
|
|
eeprom->page_size = 32;
|
|
eeprom->address_bits = 16;
|
|
} else {
|
|
eeprom->page_size = 8;
|
|
eeprom->address_bits = 8;
|
|
}
|
|
eeprom->use_eerd = TRUE;
|
|
eeprom->use_eewr = TRUE;
|
|
if(em_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE) {
|
|
eeprom->type = em_eeprom_flash;
|
|
eeprom->word_size = 2048;
|
|
|
|
/* Ensure that the Autonomous FLASH update bit is cleared due to
|
|
* Flash update issue on parts which use a FLASH for NVM. */
|
|
eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_AUPDEN;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (eeprom->type == em_eeprom_spi) {
|
|
/* eeprom_size will be an enum [0..8] that maps to eeprom sizes 128B to
|
|
* 32KB (incremented by powers of 2).
|
|
*/
|
|
if(hw->mac_type <= em_82547_rev_2) {
|
|
/* Set to default value for initial eeprom read. */
|
|
eeprom->word_size = 64;
|
|
ret_val = em_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CFG, 1, &eeprom_size);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
eeprom_size = (eeprom_size & EEPROM_SIZE_MASK) >> EEPROM_SIZE_SHIFT;
|
|
/* 256B eeprom size was not supported in earlier hardware, so we
|
|
* bump eeprom_size up one to ensure that "1" (which maps to 256B)
|
|
* is never the result used in the shifting logic below. */
|
|
if(eeprom_size)
|
|
eeprom_size++;
|
|
} else {
|
|
eeprom_size = (uint16_t)((eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_MASK) >>
|
|
E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_SHIFT);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
eeprom->word_size = 1 << (eeprom_size + EEPROM_WORD_SIZE_SHIFT);
|
|
}
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Raises the EEPROM's clock input.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* eecd - EECD's current value
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
static void
|
|
em_raise_ee_clk(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint32_t *eecd)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Raise the clock input to the EEPROM (by setting the SK bit), and then
|
|
* wait <delay> microseconds.
|
|
*/
|
|
*eecd = *eecd | E1000_EECD_SK;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, *eecd);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
usec_delay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Lowers the EEPROM's clock input.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* eecd - EECD's current value
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
static void
|
|
em_lower_ee_clk(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint32_t *eecd)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Lower the clock input to the EEPROM (by clearing the SK bit), and then
|
|
* wait 50 microseconds.
|
|
*/
|
|
*eecd = *eecd & ~E1000_EECD_SK;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, *eecd);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
usec_delay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Shift data bits out to the EEPROM.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* data - data to send to the EEPROM
|
|
* count - number of bits to shift out
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
static void
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint16_t data,
|
|
uint16_t count)
|
|
{
|
|
struct em_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
|
|
uint32_t eecd;
|
|
uint32_t mask;
|
|
|
|
/* We need to shift "count" bits out to the EEPROM. So, value in the
|
|
* "data" parameter will be shifted out to the EEPROM one bit at a time.
|
|
* In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
|
|
*/
|
|
mask = 0x01 << (count - 1);
|
|
eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
|
|
if (eeprom->type == em_eeprom_microwire) {
|
|
eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DO;
|
|
} else if (eeprom->type == em_eeprom_spi) {
|
|
eecd |= E1000_EECD_DO;
|
|
}
|
|
do {
|
|
/* A "1" is shifted out to the EEPROM by setting bit "DI" to a "1",
|
|
* and then raising and then lowering the clock (the SK bit controls
|
|
* the clock input to the EEPROM). A "0" is shifted out to the EEPROM
|
|
* by setting "DI" to "0" and then raising and then lowering the clock.
|
|
*/
|
|
eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
|
|
|
|
if(data & mask)
|
|
eecd |= E1000_EECD_DI;
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
|
|
usec_delay(eeprom->delay_usec);
|
|
|
|
em_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
|
|
em_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
|
|
|
|
mask = mask >> 1;
|
|
|
|
} while(mask);
|
|
|
|
/* We leave the "DI" bit set to "0" when we leave this routine. */
|
|
eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Shift data bits in from the EEPROM
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
static uint16_t
|
|
em_shift_in_ee_bits(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint16_t count)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t eecd;
|
|
uint32_t i;
|
|
uint16_t data;
|
|
|
|
/* In order to read a register from the EEPROM, we need to shift 'count'
|
|
* bits in from the EEPROM. Bits are "shifted in" by raising the clock
|
|
* input to the EEPROM (setting the SK bit), and then reading the value of
|
|
* the "DO" bit. During this "shifting in" process the "DI" bit should
|
|
* always be clear.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
|
|
|
|
eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DO | E1000_EECD_DI);
|
|
data = 0;
|
|
|
|
for(i = 0; i < count; i++) {
|
|
data = data << 1;
|
|
em_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
|
|
|
|
eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
|
|
|
|
eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI);
|
|
if(eecd & E1000_EECD_DO)
|
|
data |= 1;
|
|
|
|
em_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Prepares EEPROM for access
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* Lowers EEPROM clock. Clears input pin. Sets the chip select pin. This
|
|
* function should be called before issuing a command to the EEPROM.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
static int32_t
|
|
em_acquire_eeprom(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
struct em_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
|
|
uint32_t eecd, i=0;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_acquire_eeprom");
|
|
|
|
if(em_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw))
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
|
|
eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
|
|
|
|
if (hw->mac_type != em_82573) {
|
|
/* Request EEPROM Access */
|
|
if(hw->mac_type > em_82544) {
|
|
eecd |= E1000_EECD_REQ;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
|
|
while((!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) &&
|
|
(i < E1000_EEPROM_GRANT_ATTEMPTS)) {
|
|
i++;
|
|
usec_delay(5);
|
|
eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
|
|
}
|
|
if(!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) {
|
|
eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Could not acquire EEPROM grant\n");
|
|
em_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Setup EEPROM for Read/Write */
|
|
|
|
if (eeprom->type == em_eeprom_microwire) {
|
|
/* Clear SK and DI */
|
|
eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI | E1000_EECD_SK);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
|
|
/* Set CS */
|
|
eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
} else if (eeprom->type == em_eeprom_spi) {
|
|
/* Clear SK and CS */
|
|
eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
usec_delay(1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Returns EEPROM to a "standby" state
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
static void
|
|
em_standby_eeprom(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
struct em_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
|
|
uint32_t eecd;
|
|
|
|
eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
|
|
|
|
if(eeprom->type == em_eeprom_microwire) {
|
|
eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
usec_delay(eeprom->delay_usec);
|
|
|
|
/* Clock high */
|
|
eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
usec_delay(eeprom->delay_usec);
|
|
|
|
/* Select EEPROM */
|
|
eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
usec_delay(eeprom->delay_usec);
|
|
|
|
/* Clock low */
|
|
eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
usec_delay(eeprom->delay_usec);
|
|
} else if(eeprom->type == em_eeprom_spi) {
|
|
/* Toggle CS to flush commands */
|
|
eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
usec_delay(eeprom->delay_usec);
|
|
eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_CS;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
usec_delay(eeprom->delay_usec);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Terminates a command by inverting the EEPROM's chip select pin
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
static void
|
|
em_release_eeprom(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t eecd;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_release_eeprom");
|
|
|
|
eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
|
|
|
|
if (hw->eeprom.type == em_eeprom_spi) {
|
|
eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS; /* Pull CS high */
|
|
eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK; /* Lower SCK */
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
|
|
usec_delay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
|
|
} else if(hw->eeprom.type == em_eeprom_microwire) {
|
|
/* cleanup eeprom */
|
|
|
|
/* CS on Microwire is active-high */
|
|
eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_DI);
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
|
|
/* Rising edge of clock */
|
|
eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
usec_delay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
|
|
|
|
/* Falling edge of clock */
|
|
eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
|
|
usec_delay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Stop requesting EEPROM access */
|
|
if(hw->mac_type > em_82544) {
|
|
eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
em_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_spi_eeprom_ready(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint16_t retry_count = 0;
|
|
uint8_t spi_stat_reg;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_spi_eeprom_ready");
|
|
|
|
/* Read "Status Register" repeatedly until the LSB is cleared. The
|
|
* EEPROM will signal that the command has been completed by clearing
|
|
* bit 0 of the internal status register. If it's not cleared within
|
|
* 5 milliseconds, then error out.
|
|
*/
|
|
retry_count = 0;
|
|
do {
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_RDSR_OPCODE_SPI,
|
|
hw->eeprom.opcode_bits);
|
|
spi_stat_reg = (uint8_t)em_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 8);
|
|
if (!(spi_stat_reg & EEPROM_STATUS_RDY_SPI))
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
usec_delay(5);
|
|
retry_count += 5;
|
|
|
|
em_standby_eeprom(hw);
|
|
} while(retry_count < EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI);
|
|
|
|
/* ATMEL SPI write time could vary from 0-20mSec on 3.3V devices (and
|
|
* only 0-5mSec on 5V devices)
|
|
*/
|
|
if(retry_count >= EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("SPI EEPROM Status error\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
|
|
* data - word read from the EEPROM
|
|
* words - number of words to read
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_read_eeprom(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint16_t offset,
|
|
uint16_t words,
|
|
uint16_t *data)
|
|
{
|
|
struct em_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
|
|
uint32_t i = 0;
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_read_eeprom");
|
|
|
|
/* A check for invalid values: offset too large, too many words, and not
|
|
* enough words.
|
|
*/
|
|
if((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
|
|
(words == 0)) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("\"words\" parameter out of bounds\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* FLASH reads without acquiring the semaphore are safe in 82573-based
|
|
* controllers.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((em_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == TRUE) ||
|
|
(hw->mac_type != em_82573)) {
|
|
/* Prepare the EEPROM for reading */
|
|
if(em_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(eeprom->use_eerd == TRUE) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_eeprom_eerd(hw, offset, words, data);
|
|
if ((em_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == TRUE) ||
|
|
(hw->mac_type != em_82573))
|
|
em_release_eeprom(hw);
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(eeprom->type == em_eeprom_spi) {
|
|
uint16_t word_in;
|
|
uint8_t read_opcode = EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_SPI;
|
|
|
|
if(em_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) {
|
|
em_release_eeprom(hw);
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
em_standby_eeprom(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
|
|
if((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
|
|
read_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;
|
|
|
|
/* Send the READ command (opcode + addr) */
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, read_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset*2), eeprom->address_bits);
|
|
|
|
/* Read the data. The address of the eeprom internally increments with
|
|
* each byte (spi) being read, saving on the overhead of eeprom setup
|
|
* and tear-down. The address counter will roll over if reading beyond
|
|
* the size of the eeprom, thus allowing the entire memory to be read
|
|
* starting from any offset. */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
|
|
word_in = em_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
|
|
data[i] = (word_in >> 8) | (word_in << 8);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if(eeprom->type == em_eeprom_microwire) {
|
|
for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
|
|
/* Send the READ command (opcode + addr) */
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
|
|
eeprom->opcode_bits);
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset + i),
|
|
eeprom->address_bits);
|
|
|
|
/* Read the data. For microwire, each word requires the overhead
|
|
* of eeprom setup and tear-down. */
|
|
data[i] = em_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
|
|
em_standby_eeprom(hw);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* End this read operation */
|
|
em_release_eeprom(hw);
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EERD register.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
|
|
* data - word read from the EEPROM
|
|
* words - number of words to read
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_read_eeprom_eerd(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint16_t offset,
|
|
uint16_t words,
|
|
uint16_t *data)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t i, eerd = 0;
|
|
int32_t error = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
|
|
eerd = ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) +
|
|
E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EERD, eerd);
|
|
error = em_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ);
|
|
|
|
if(error) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
data[i] = (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EERD) >> E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Writes a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EEWR register.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
|
|
* data - word read from the EEPROM
|
|
* words - number of words to read
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_write_eeprom_eewr(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint16_t offset,
|
|
uint16_t words,
|
|
uint16_t *data)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t register_value = 0;
|
|
uint32_t i = 0;
|
|
int32_t error = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
|
|
register_value = (data[i] << E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA) |
|
|
((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) |
|
|
E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
|
|
|
|
error = em_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
|
|
if(error) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EEWR, register_value);
|
|
|
|
error = em_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
|
|
|
|
if(error) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Polls the status bit (bit 1) of the EERD to determine when the read is done.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct em_hw *hw, int eerd)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t attempts = 100000;
|
|
uint32_t i, reg = 0;
|
|
int32_t done = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
|
|
for(i = 0; i < attempts; i++) {
|
|
if(eerd == E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ)
|
|
reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EERD);
|
|
else
|
|
reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EEWR);
|
|
|
|
if(reg & E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DONE) {
|
|
done = E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
usec_delay(5);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return done;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/***************************************************************************
|
|
* Description: Determines if the onboard NVM is FLASH or EEPROM.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
****************************************************************************/
|
|
boolean_t
|
|
em_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t eecd = 0;
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_82573) {
|
|
eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
|
|
|
|
/* Isolate bits 15 & 16 */
|
|
eecd = ((eecd >> 15) & 0x03);
|
|
|
|
/* If both bits are set, device is Flash type */
|
|
if(eecd == 0x03) {
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Verifies that the EEPROM has a valid checksum
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* Reads the first 64 16 bit words of the EEPROM and sums the values read.
|
|
* If the the sum of the 64 16 bit words is 0xBABA, the EEPROM's checksum is
|
|
* valid.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_validate_eeprom_checksum(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint16_t checksum = 0;
|
|
uint16_t i, eeprom_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_validate_eeprom_checksum");
|
|
|
|
if ((hw->mac_type == em_82573) &&
|
|
(em_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE)) {
|
|
/* Check bit 4 of word 10h. If it is 0, firmware is done updating
|
|
* 10h-12h. Checksum may need to be fixed. */
|
|
em_read_eeprom(hw, 0x10, 1, &eeprom_data);
|
|
if ((eeprom_data & 0x10) == 0) {
|
|
/* Read 0x23 and check bit 15. This bit is a 1 when the checksum
|
|
* has already been fixed. If the checksum is still wrong and this
|
|
* bit is a 1, we need to return bad checksum. Otherwise, we need
|
|
* to set this bit to a 1 and update the checksum. */
|
|
em_read_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
|
|
if ((eeprom_data & 0x8000) == 0) {
|
|
eeprom_data |= 0x8000;
|
|
em_write_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
|
|
em_update_eeprom_checksum(hw);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for(i = 0; i < (EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG + 1); i++) {
|
|
if(em_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
checksum += eeprom_data;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(checksum == (uint16_t) EEPROM_SUM)
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
else {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Checksum Invalid\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Calculates the EEPROM checksum and writes it to the EEPROM
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* Sums the first 63 16 bit words of the EEPROM. Subtracts the sum from 0xBABA.
|
|
* Writes the difference to word offset 63 of the EEPROM.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_update_eeprom_checksum(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint16_t checksum = 0;
|
|
uint16_t i, eeprom_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_update_eeprom_checksum");
|
|
|
|
for(i = 0; i < EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG; i++) {
|
|
if(em_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
checksum += eeprom_data;
|
|
}
|
|
checksum = (uint16_t) EEPROM_SUM - checksum;
|
|
if(em_write_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG, 1, &checksum) < 0) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write Error\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
} else if (hw->eeprom.type == em_eeprom_flash) {
|
|
em_commit_shadow_ram(hw);
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Parent function for writing words to the different EEPROM types.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
|
|
* words - number of words to write
|
|
* data - 16 bit word to be written to the EEPROM
|
|
*
|
|
* If em_update_eeprom_checksum is not called after this function, the
|
|
* EEPROM will most likely contain an invalid checksum.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_write_eeprom(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint16_t offset,
|
|
uint16_t words,
|
|
uint16_t *data)
|
|
{
|
|
struct em_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
|
|
int32_t status = 0;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_write_eeprom");
|
|
|
|
/* A check for invalid values: offset too large, too many words, and not
|
|
* enough words.
|
|
*/
|
|
if((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
|
|
(words == 0)) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("\"words\" parameter out of bounds\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* 82573 writes only through eewr */
|
|
if(eeprom->use_eewr == TRUE)
|
|
return em_write_eeprom_eewr(hw, offset, words, data);
|
|
|
|
/* Prepare the EEPROM for writing */
|
|
if (em_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
|
|
if(eeprom->type == em_eeprom_microwire) {
|
|
status = em_write_eeprom_microwire(hw, offset, words, data);
|
|
} else {
|
|
status = em_write_eeprom_spi(hw, offset, words, data);
|
|
msec_delay(10);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Done with writing */
|
|
em_release_eeprom(hw);
|
|
|
|
return status;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in an SPI EEPROM.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
|
|
* words - number of words to write
|
|
* data - pointer to array of 8 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
|
|
*
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_write_eeprom_spi(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint16_t offset,
|
|
uint16_t words,
|
|
uint16_t *data)
|
|
{
|
|
struct em_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
|
|
uint16_t widx = 0;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_write_eeprom_spi");
|
|
|
|
while (widx < words) {
|
|
uint8_t write_opcode = EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_SPI;
|
|
|
|
if(em_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
|
|
em_standby_eeprom(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* Send the WRITE ENABLE command (8 bit opcode ) */
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WREN_OPCODE_SPI,
|
|
eeprom->opcode_bits);
|
|
|
|
em_standby_eeprom(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
|
|
if((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
|
|
write_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;
|
|
|
|
/* Send the Write command (8-bit opcode + addr) */
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, write_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
|
|
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)((offset + widx)*2),
|
|
eeprom->address_bits);
|
|
|
|
/* Send the data */
|
|
|
|
/* Loop to allow for up to whole page write (32 bytes) of eeprom */
|
|
while (widx < words) {
|
|
uint16_t word_out = data[widx];
|
|
word_out = (word_out >> 8) | (word_out << 8);
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, word_out, 16);
|
|
widx++;
|
|
|
|
/* Some larger eeprom sizes are capable of a 32-byte PAGE WRITE
|
|
* operation, while the smaller eeproms are capable of an 8-byte
|
|
* PAGE WRITE operation. Break the inner loop to pass new address
|
|
*/
|
|
if((((offset + widx)*2) % eeprom->page_size) == 0) {
|
|
em_standby_eeprom(hw);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in a Microwire EEPROM.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
|
|
* words - number of words to write
|
|
* data - pointer to array of 16 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
|
|
*
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_write_eeprom_microwire(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint16_t offset,
|
|
uint16_t words,
|
|
uint16_t *data)
|
|
{
|
|
struct em_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
|
|
uint32_t eecd;
|
|
uint16_t words_written = 0;
|
|
uint16_t i = 0;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_write_eeprom_microwire");
|
|
|
|
/* Send the write enable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
|
|
* 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 11). It's less work to include
|
|
* the 11 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
|
|
* it over the correct number of bits for the address. This puts the
|
|
* EEPROM into write/erase mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWEN_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
|
|
(uint16_t)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));
|
|
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (uint16_t)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));
|
|
|
|
/* Prepare the EEPROM */
|
|
em_standby_eeprom(hw);
|
|
|
|
while (words_written < words) {
|
|
/* Send the Write command (3-bit opcode + addr) */
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
|
|
eeprom->opcode_bits);
|
|
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset + words_written),
|
|
eeprom->address_bits);
|
|
|
|
/* Send the data */
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, data[words_written], 16);
|
|
|
|
/* Toggle the CS line. This in effect tells the EEPROM to execute
|
|
* the previous command.
|
|
*/
|
|
em_standby_eeprom(hw);
|
|
|
|
/* Read DO repeatedly until it is high (equal to '1'). The EEPROM will
|
|
* signal that the command has been completed by raising the DO signal.
|
|
* If DO does not go high in 10 milliseconds, then error out.
|
|
*/
|
|
for(i = 0; i < 200; i++) {
|
|
eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
|
|
if(eecd & E1000_EECD_DO) break;
|
|
usec_delay(50);
|
|
}
|
|
if(i == 200) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write did not complete\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Recover from write */
|
|
em_standby_eeprom(hw);
|
|
|
|
words_written++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Send the write disable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
|
|
* 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 10). It's less work to include
|
|
* the 10 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
|
|
* it over the correct number of bits for the address. This takes the
|
|
* EEPROM out of write/erase mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWDS_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
|
|
(uint16_t)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));
|
|
|
|
em_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (uint16_t)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Flushes the cached eeprom to NVM. This is done by saving the modified values
|
|
* in the eeprom cache and the non modified values in the currently active bank
|
|
* to the new bank.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
|
|
* data - word read from the EEPROM
|
|
* words - number of words to read
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_commit_shadow_ram(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t attempts = 100000;
|
|
uint32_t eecd = 0;
|
|
uint32_t flop = 0;
|
|
uint32_t i = 0;
|
|
int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
/* The flop register will be used to determine if flash type is STM */
|
|
flop = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FLOP);
|
|
|
|
if (hw->mac_type == em_82573) {
|
|
for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
|
|
eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
|
|
if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
usec_delay(5);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (i == attempts) {
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If STM opcode located in bits 15:8 of flop, reset firmware */
|
|
if ((flop & 0xFF00) == E1000_STM_OPCODE) {
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, HICR, E1000_HICR_FW_RESET);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Perform the flash update */
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd | E1000_EECD_FLUPD);
|
|
|
|
for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
|
|
eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
|
|
if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
usec_delay(5);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (i == attempts) {
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Reads the adapter's part number from the EEPROM
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* part_num - Adapter's part number
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_read_part_num(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint32_t *part_num)
|
|
{
|
|
uint16_t offset = EEPROM_PBA_BYTE_1;
|
|
uint16_t eeprom_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_read_part_num");
|
|
|
|
/* Get word 0 from EEPROM */
|
|
if(em_read_eeprom(hw, offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
/* Save word 0 in upper half of part_num */
|
|
*part_num = (uint32_t) (eeprom_data << 16);
|
|
|
|
/* Get word 1 from EEPROM */
|
|
if(em_read_eeprom(hw, ++offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
/* Save word 1 in lower half of part_num */
|
|
*part_num |= eeprom_data;
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Reads the adapter's MAC address from the EEPROM and inverts the LSB for the
|
|
* second function of dual function devices
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_read_mac_addr(struct em_hw * hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint16_t offset;
|
|
uint16_t eeprom_data, i;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_read_mac_addr");
|
|
|
|
for(i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i += 2) {
|
|
offset = i >> 1;
|
|
if(em_read_eeprom(hw, offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
hw->perm_mac_addr[i] = (uint8_t) (eeprom_data & 0x00FF);
|
|
hw->perm_mac_addr[i+1] = (uint8_t) (eeprom_data >> 8);
|
|
}
|
|
switch (hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82546:
|
|
case em_82546_rev_3:
|
|
case em_82571:
|
|
if(E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)
|
|
hw->perm_mac_addr[5] ^= 0x01;
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for(i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i++)
|
|
hw->mac_addr[i] = hw->perm_mac_addr[i];
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Initializes receive address filters.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* Places the MAC address in receive address register 0 and clears the rest
|
|
* of the receive addresss registers. Clears the multicast table. Assumes
|
|
* the receiver is in reset when the routine is called.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_init_rx_addrs(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t i;
|
|
uint32_t rar_num;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_init_rx_addrs");
|
|
|
|
/* Setup the receive address. */
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Programming MAC Address into RAR[0]\n");
|
|
|
|
em_rar_set(hw, hw->mac_addr, 0);
|
|
|
|
rar_num = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
|
/* Reserve a spot for the Locally Administered Address to work around
|
|
* an 82571 issue in which a reset on one port will reload the MAC on
|
|
* the other port. */
|
|
if ((hw->mac_type == em_82571) && (hw->laa_is_present == TRUE))
|
|
rar_num -= 1;
|
|
/* Zero out the other 15 receive addresses. */
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Clearing RAR[1-15]\n");
|
|
for(i = 1; i < rar_num; i++) {
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (i << 1), 0);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((i << 1) + 1), 0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Updates the MAC's list of multicast addresses.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* mc_addr_list - the list of new multicast addresses
|
|
* mc_addr_count - number of addresses
|
|
* pad - number of bytes between addresses in the list
|
|
* rar_used_count - offset where to start adding mc addresses into the RAR's
|
|
*
|
|
* The given list replaces any existing list. Clears the last 15 receive
|
|
* address registers and the multicast table. Uses receive address registers
|
|
* for the first 15 multicast addresses, and hashes the rest into the
|
|
* multicast table.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_mc_addr_list_update(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint8_t *mc_addr_list,
|
|
uint32_t mc_addr_count,
|
|
uint32_t pad,
|
|
uint32_t rar_used_count)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t hash_value;
|
|
uint32_t i;
|
|
uint32_t num_rar_entry;
|
|
uint32_t num_mta_entry;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_mc_addr_list_update");
|
|
|
|
/* Set the new number of MC addresses that we are being requested to use. */
|
|
hw->num_mc_addrs = mc_addr_count;
|
|
|
|
/* Clear RAR[1-15] */
|
|
DEBUGOUT(" Clearing RAR[1-15]\n");
|
|
num_rar_entry = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES;
|
|
/* Reserve a spot for the Locally Administered Address to work around
|
|
* an 82571 issue in which a reset on one port will reload the MAC on
|
|
* the other port. */
|
|
if ((hw->mac_type == em_82571) && (hw->laa_is_present == TRUE))
|
|
num_rar_entry -= 1;
|
|
|
|
for(i = rar_used_count; i < num_rar_entry; i++) {
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (i << 1), 0);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((i << 1) + 1), 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Clear the MTA */
|
|
DEBUGOUT(" Clearing MTA\n");
|
|
num_mta_entry = E1000_NUM_MTA_REGISTERS;
|
|
for(i = 0; i < num_mta_entry; i++) {
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, i, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Add the new addresses */
|
|
for(i = 0; i < mc_addr_count; i++) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT(" Adding the multicast addresses:\n");
|
|
DEBUGOUT7(" MC Addr #%d =%.2X %.2X %.2X %.2X %.2X %.2X\n", i,
|
|
mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad)],
|
|
mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 1],
|
|
mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 2],
|
|
mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 3],
|
|
mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 4],
|
|
mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 5]);
|
|
|
|
hash_value = em_hash_mc_addr(hw,
|
|
mc_addr_list +
|
|
(i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad)));
|
|
|
|
DEBUGOUT1(" Hash value = 0x%03X\n", hash_value);
|
|
|
|
/* Place this multicast address in the RAR if there is room, *
|
|
* else put it in the MTA
|
|
*/
|
|
if (rar_used_count < num_rar_entry) {
|
|
em_rar_set(hw,
|
|
mc_addr_list + (i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad)),
|
|
rar_used_count);
|
|
rar_used_count++;
|
|
} else {
|
|
em_mta_set(hw, hash_value);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DEBUGOUT("MC Update Complete\n");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Hashes an address to determine its location in the multicast table
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* mc_addr - the multicast address to hash
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
uint32_t
|
|
em_hash_mc_addr(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint8_t *mc_addr)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t hash_value = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* The portion of the address that is used for the hash table is
|
|
* determined by the mc_filter_type setting.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (hw->mc_filter_type) {
|
|
/* [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
|
|
* 01 AA 00 12 34 56
|
|
* LSB MSB
|
|
*/
|
|
case 0:
|
|
/* [47:36] i.e. 0x563 for above example address */
|
|
hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 4) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 4));
|
|
break;
|
|
case 1:
|
|
/* [46:35] i.e. 0xAC6 for above example address */
|
|
hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 3) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 5));
|
|
break;
|
|
case 2:
|
|
/* [45:34] i.e. 0x5D8 for above example address */
|
|
hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 2) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 6));
|
|
break;
|
|
case 3:
|
|
/* [43:32] i.e. 0x634 for above example address */
|
|
hash_value = ((mc_addr[4]) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 8));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
hash_value &= 0xFFF;
|
|
|
|
return hash_value;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Sets the bit in the multicast table corresponding to the hash value.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* hash_value - Multicast address hash value
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_mta_set(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint32_t hash_value)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t hash_bit, hash_reg;
|
|
uint32_t mta;
|
|
uint32_t temp;
|
|
|
|
/* The MTA is a register array of 128 32-bit registers.
|
|
* It is treated like an array of 4096 bits. We want to set
|
|
* bit BitArray[hash_value]. So we figure out what register
|
|
* the bit is in, read it, OR in the new bit, then write
|
|
* back the new value. The register is determined by the
|
|
* upper 7 bits of the hash value and the bit within that
|
|
* register are determined by the lower 5 bits of the value.
|
|
*/
|
|
hash_reg = (hash_value >> 5) & 0x7F;
|
|
hash_bit = hash_value & 0x1F;
|
|
|
|
mta = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg);
|
|
|
|
mta |= (1 << hash_bit);
|
|
|
|
/* If we are on an 82544 and we are trying to write an odd offset
|
|
* in the MTA, save off the previous entry before writing and
|
|
* restore the old value after writing.
|
|
*/
|
|
if((hw->mac_type == em_82544) && ((hash_reg & 0x1) == 1)) {
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1));
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1), temp);
|
|
} else {
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Puts an ethernet address into a receive address register.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* addr - Address to put into receive address register
|
|
* index - Receive address register to write
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_rar_set(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint8_t *addr,
|
|
uint32_t index)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t rar_low, rar_high;
|
|
|
|
/* HW expects these in little endian so we reverse the byte order
|
|
* from network order (big endian) to little endian
|
|
*/
|
|
rar_low = ((uint32_t) addr[0] |
|
|
((uint32_t) addr[1] << 8) |
|
|
((uint32_t) addr[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t) addr[3] << 24));
|
|
|
|
rar_high = ((uint32_t) addr[4] | ((uint32_t) addr[5] << 8) | E1000_RAH_AV);
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (index << 1), rar_low);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((index << 1) + 1), rar_high);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Writes a value to the specified offset in the VLAN filter table.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* offset - Offset in VLAN filer table to write
|
|
* value - Value to write into VLAN filter table
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_write_vfta(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint32_t offset,
|
|
uint32_t value)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t temp;
|
|
|
|
if((hw->mac_type == em_82544) && ((offset & 0x1) == 1)) {
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1));
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1), temp);
|
|
} else {
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Clears the VLAN filer table
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_clear_vfta(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t offset;
|
|
uint32_t vfta_value = 0;
|
|
uint32_t vfta_offset = 0;
|
|
uint32_t vfta_bit_in_reg = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (hw->mac_type == em_82573) {
|
|
if (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id != 0) {
|
|
/* The VFTA is a 4096b bit-field, each identifying a single VLAN
|
|
* ID. The following operations determine which 32b entry
|
|
* (i.e. offset) into the array we want to set the VLAN ID
|
|
* (i.e. bit) of the manageability unit. */
|
|
vfta_offset = (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id >>
|
|
E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_SHIFT) &
|
|
E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_MASK;
|
|
vfta_bit_in_reg = 1 << (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id &
|
|
E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_BIT_SHIFT_MASK);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
for (offset = 0; offset < E1000_VLAN_FILTER_TBL_SIZE; offset++) {
|
|
/* If the offset we want to clear is the same offset of the
|
|
* manageability VLAN ID, then clear all bits except that of the
|
|
* manageability unit */
|
|
vfta_value = (offset == vfta_offset) ? vfta_bit_in_reg : 0;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, vfta_value);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_id_led_init(struct em_hw * hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ledctl;
|
|
const uint32_t ledctl_mask = 0x000000FF;
|
|
const uint32_t ledctl_on = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON;
|
|
const uint32_t ledctl_off = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF;
|
|
uint16_t eeprom_data, i, temp;
|
|
const uint16_t led_mask = 0x0F;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_id_led_init");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type < em_82540) {
|
|
/* Nothing to do */
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ledctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
|
|
hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
|
|
hw->ledctl_mode1 = hw->ledctl_default;
|
|
hw->ledctl_mode2 = hw->ledctl_default;
|
|
|
|
if(em_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_ID_LED_SETTINGS, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
if((eeprom_data== ID_LED_RESERVED_0000) ||
|
|
(eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_FFFF)) eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT;
|
|
for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
|
|
temp = (eeprom_data >> (i << 2)) & led_mask;
|
|
switch(temp) {
|
|
case ID_LED_ON1_DEF2:
|
|
case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
|
|
case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
|
|
hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
|
|
hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
|
|
break;
|
|
case ID_LED_OFF1_DEF2:
|
|
case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
|
|
case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
|
|
hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
|
|
hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
/* Do nothing */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
switch(temp) {
|
|
case ID_LED_DEF1_ON2:
|
|
case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
|
|
case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
|
|
hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
|
|
hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
|
|
break;
|
|
case ID_LED_DEF1_OFF2:
|
|
case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
|
|
case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
|
|
hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
|
|
hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
/* Do nothing */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Prepares SW controlable LED for use and saves the current state of the LED.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_setup_led(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ledctl;
|
|
int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_setup_led");
|
|
|
|
switch(hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_0:
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_1:
|
|
case em_82543:
|
|
case em_82544:
|
|
/* No setup necessary */
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82541:
|
|
case em_82547:
|
|
case em_82541_rev_2:
|
|
case em_82547_rev_2:
|
|
/* Turn off PHY Smart Power Down (if enabled) */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
|
|
&hw->phy_spd_default);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
|
|
(uint16_t)(hw->phy_spd_default &
|
|
~IGP01E1000_GMII_SPD));
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
/* Fall Through */
|
|
default:
|
|
if(hw->media_type == em_media_type_fiber) {
|
|
ledctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
|
|
/* Save current LEDCTL settings */
|
|
hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
|
|
/* Turn off LED0 */
|
|
ledctl &= ~(E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_IVRT |
|
|
E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
|
|
E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_MASK);
|
|
ledctl |= (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF <<
|
|
E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, ledctl);
|
|
} else if(hw->media_type == em_media_type_copper)
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Restores the saved state of the SW controlable LED.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_cleanup_led(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_cleanup_led");
|
|
|
|
switch(hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_0:
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_1:
|
|
case em_82543:
|
|
case em_82544:
|
|
/* No cleanup necessary */
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82541:
|
|
case em_82547:
|
|
case em_82541_rev_2:
|
|
case em_82547_rev_2:
|
|
/* Turn on PHY Smart Power Down (if previously enabled) */
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
|
|
hw->phy_spd_default);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
/* Fall Through */
|
|
default:
|
|
/* Restore LEDCTL settings */
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_default);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Turns on the software controllable LED
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_led_on(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_led_on");
|
|
|
|
switch(hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_0:
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_1:
|
|
case em_82543:
|
|
/* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82544:
|
|
if(hw->media_type == em_media_type_fiber) {
|
|
/* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
|
|
ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
if(hw->media_type == em_media_type_fiber) {
|
|
/* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
|
|
ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
|
|
} else if(hw->media_type == em_media_type_copper) {
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode2);
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Turns off the software controllable LED
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_led_off(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_led_off");
|
|
|
|
switch(hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_0:
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_1:
|
|
case em_82543:
|
|
/* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
|
|
ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82544:
|
|
if(hw->media_type == em_media_type_fiber) {
|
|
/* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
|
|
ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
if(hw->media_type == em_media_type_fiber) {
|
|
/* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
|
|
} else if(hw->media_type == em_media_type_copper) {
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Clears all hardware statistics counters.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_clear_hw_cntrs(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
volatile uint32_t temp;
|
|
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CRCERRS);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SYMERRS);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SCC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ECOL);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MCC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LATECOL);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, COLC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, DC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SEC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RLEC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XONRXC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XONTXC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XOFFRXC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XOFFTXC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FCRUC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC64);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC127);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC255);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC511);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC1023);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC1522);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GPRC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, BPRC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPRC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GPTC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GORCL);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GORCH);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GOTCL);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GOTCH);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RNBC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RUC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RFC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ROC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RJC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TORL);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TORH);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TOTL);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TOTH);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TPR);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TPT);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC64);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC127);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC255);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC511);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC1023);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC1522);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPTC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, BPTC);
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type < em_82543) return;
|
|
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ALGNERRC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXERRC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TNCRS);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CEXTERR);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TSCTC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TSCTFC);
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type <= em_82544) return;
|
|
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPRC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPDC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPTC);
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type <= em_82547_rev_2) return;
|
|
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, IAC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXOC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXPTC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXATC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXPTC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXATC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXQEC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXQMTC);
|
|
temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXDMTC);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Resets Adaptive IFS to its default state.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* Call this after em_init_hw. You may override the IFS defaults by setting
|
|
* hw->ifs_params_forced to TRUE. However, you must initialize hw->
|
|
* current_ifs_val, ifs_min_val, ifs_max_val, ifs_step_size, and ifs_ratio
|
|
* before calling this function.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_reset_adaptive(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_reset_adaptive");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->adaptive_ifs) {
|
|
if(!hw->ifs_params_forced) {
|
|
hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
|
|
hw->ifs_min_val = IFS_MIN;
|
|
hw->ifs_max_val = IFS_MAX;
|
|
hw->ifs_step_size = IFS_STEP;
|
|
hw->ifs_ratio = IFS_RATIO;
|
|
}
|
|
hw->in_ifs_mode = FALSE;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, 0);
|
|
} else {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Called during the callback/watchdog routine to update IFS value based on
|
|
* the ratio of transmits to collisions.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* tx_packets - Number of transmits since last callback
|
|
* total_collisions - Number of collisions since last callback
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_update_adaptive(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_update_adaptive");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->adaptive_ifs) {
|
|
if((hw->collision_delta * hw->ifs_ratio) > hw->tx_packet_delta) {
|
|
if(hw->tx_packet_delta > MIN_NUM_XMITS) {
|
|
hw->in_ifs_mode = TRUE;
|
|
if(hw->current_ifs_val < hw->ifs_max_val) {
|
|
if(hw->current_ifs_val == 0)
|
|
hw->current_ifs_val = hw->ifs_min_val;
|
|
else
|
|
hw->current_ifs_val += hw->ifs_step_size;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, hw->current_ifs_val);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if(hw->in_ifs_mode && (hw->tx_packet_delta <= MIN_NUM_XMITS)) {
|
|
hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
|
|
hw->in_ifs_mode = FALSE;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Adjusts the statistic counters when a frame is accepted by TBI_ACCEPT
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* frame_len - The length of the frame in question
|
|
* mac_addr - The Ethernet destination address of the frame in question
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_tbi_adjust_stats(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
struct em_hw_stats *stats,
|
|
uint32_t frame_len,
|
|
uint8_t *mac_addr)
|
|
{
|
|
uint64_t carry_bit;
|
|
|
|
/* First adjust the frame length. */
|
|
frame_len--;
|
|
/* We need to adjust the statistics counters, since the hardware
|
|
* counters overcount this packet as a CRC error and undercount
|
|
* the packet as a good packet
|
|
*/
|
|
/* This packet should not be counted as a CRC error. */
|
|
stats->crcerrs--;
|
|
/* This packet does count as a Good Packet Received. */
|
|
stats->gprc++;
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust the Good Octets received counters */
|
|
carry_bit = 0x80000000 & stats->gorcl;
|
|
stats->gorcl += frame_len;
|
|
/* If the high bit of Gorcl (the low 32 bits of the Good Octets
|
|
* Received Count) was one before the addition,
|
|
* AND it is zero after, then we lost the carry out,
|
|
* need to add one to Gorch (Good Octets Received Count High).
|
|
* This could be simplified if all environments supported
|
|
* 64-bit integers.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(carry_bit && ((stats->gorcl & 0x80000000) == 0))
|
|
stats->gorch++;
|
|
/* Is this a broadcast or multicast? Check broadcast first,
|
|
* since the test for a multicast frame will test positive on
|
|
* a broadcast frame.
|
|
*/
|
|
if((mac_addr[0] == (uint8_t) 0xff) && (mac_addr[1] == (uint8_t) 0xff))
|
|
/* Broadcast packet */
|
|
stats->bprc++;
|
|
else if(*mac_addr & 0x01)
|
|
/* Multicast packet */
|
|
stats->mprc++;
|
|
|
|
if(frame_len == hw->max_frame_size) {
|
|
/* In this case, the hardware has overcounted the number of
|
|
* oversize frames.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(stats->roc > 0)
|
|
stats->roc--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust the bin counters when the extra byte put the frame in the
|
|
* wrong bin. Remember that the frame_len was adjusted above.
|
|
*/
|
|
if(frame_len == 64) {
|
|
stats->prc64++;
|
|
stats->prc127--;
|
|
} else if(frame_len == 127) {
|
|
stats->prc127++;
|
|
stats->prc255--;
|
|
} else if(frame_len == 255) {
|
|
stats->prc255++;
|
|
stats->prc511--;
|
|
} else if(frame_len == 511) {
|
|
stats->prc511++;
|
|
stats->prc1023--;
|
|
} else if(frame_len == 1023) {
|
|
stats->prc1023++;
|
|
stats->prc1522--;
|
|
} else if(frame_len == 1522) {
|
|
stats->prc1522++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Gets the current PCI bus type, speed, and width of the hardware
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_get_bus_info(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t status;
|
|
|
|
switch (hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_0:
|
|
case em_82542_rev2_1:
|
|
hw->bus_type = em_bus_type_unknown;
|
|
hw->bus_speed = em_bus_speed_unknown;
|
|
hw->bus_width = em_bus_width_unknown;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82572:
|
|
case em_82573:
|
|
hw->bus_type = em_bus_type_pci_express;
|
|
hw->bus_speed = em_bus_speed_2500;
|
|
hw->bus_width = em_bus_width_pciex_1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_82571:
|
|
hw->bus_type = em_bus_type_pci_express;
|
|
hw->bus_speed = em_bus_speed_2500;
|
|
hw->bus_width = em_bus_width_pciex_4;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
|
|
hw->bus_type = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_MODE) ?
|
|
em_bus_type_pcix : em_bus_type_pci;
|
|
|
|
if(hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER) {
|
|
hw->bus_speed = (hw->bus_type == em_bus_type_pci) ?
|
|
em_bus_speed_66 : em_bus_speed_120;
|
|
} else if(hw->bus_type == em_bus_type_pci) {
|
|
hw->bus_speed = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCI66) ?
|
|
em_bus_speed_66 : em_bus_speed_33;
|
|
} else {
|
|
switch (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED) {
|
|
case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_66:
|
|
hw->bus_speed = em_bus_speed_66;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_100:
|
|
hw->bus_speed = em_bus_speed_100;
|
|
break;
|
|
case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_133:
|
|
hw->bus_speed = em_bus_speed_133;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
hw->bus_speed = em_bus_speed_reserved;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
hw->bus_width = (status & E1000_STATUS_BUS64) ?
|
|
em_bus_width_64 : em_bus_width_32;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Reads a value from one of the devices registers using port I/O (as opposed
|
|
* memory mapped I/O). Only 82544 and newer devices support port I/O.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* offset - offset to read from
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
uint32_t
|
|
em_read_reg_io(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint32_t offset)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned long io_addr = hw->io_base;
|
|
unsigned long io_data = hw->io_base + 4;
|
|
|
|
em_io_write(hw, io_addr, offset);
|
|
return em_io_read(hw, io_data);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Writes a value to one of the devices registers using port I/O (as opposed to
|
|
* memory mapped I/O). Only 82544 and newer devices support port I/O.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* offset - offset to write to
|
|
* value - value to write
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_write_reg_io(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint32_t offset,
|
|
uint32_t value)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned long io_addr = hw->io_base;
|
|
unsigned long io_data = hw->io_base + 4;
|
|
|
|
em_io_write(hw, io_addr, offset);
|
|
em_io_write(hw, io_data, value);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Estimates the cable length.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* min_length - The estimated minimum length
|
|
* max_length - The estimated maximum length
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
|
|
* E1000_SUCCESS
|
|
*
|
|
* This function always returns a ranged length (minimum & maximum).
|
|
* So for M88 phy's, this function interprets the one value returned from the
|
|
* register to the minimum and maximum range.
|
|
* For IGP phy's, the function calculates the range by the AGC registers.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_get_cable_length(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint16_t *min_length,
|
|
uint16_t *max_length)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t agc_value = 0;
|
|
uint16_t cur_agc, min_agc = IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE;
|
|
uint16_t max_agc = 0;
|
|
uint16_t i, phy_data;
|
|
uint16_t cable_length;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_get_cable_length");
|
|
|
|
*min_length = *max_length = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Use old method for Phy older than IGP */
|
|
if(hw->phy_type == em_phy_m88) {
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
|
|
&phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
cable_length = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
|
|
M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT;
|
|
|
|
/* Convert the enum value to ranged values */
|
|
switch (cable_length) {
|
|
case em_cable_length_50:
|
|
*min_length = 0;
|
|
*max_length = em_igp_cable_length_50;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_cable_length_50_80:
|
|
*min_length = em_igp_cable_length_50;
|
|
*max_length = em_igp_cable_length_80;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_cable_length_80_110:
|
|
*min_length = em_igp_cable_length_80;
|
|
*max_length = em_igp_cable_length_110;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_cable_length_110_140:
|
|
*min_length = em_igp_cable_length_110;
|
|
*max_length = em_igp_cable_length_140;
|
|
break;
|
|
case em_cable_length_140:
|
|
*min_length = em_igp_cable_length_140;
|
|
*max_length = em_igp_cable_length_170;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if(hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp) { /* For IGP PHY */
|
|
uint16_t agc_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
|
|
{IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
|
|
IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
|
|
IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
|
|
IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
|
|
/* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
|
|
for(i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
cur_agc = phy_data >> IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT;
|
|
|
|
/* Array bound check. */
|
|
if((cur_agc >= IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE - 1) ||
|
|
(cur_agc == 0))
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
|
|
|
|
agc_value += cur_agc;
|
|
|
|
/* Update minimal AGC value. */
|
|
if(min_agc > cur_agc)
|
|
min_agc = cur_agc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Remove the minimal AGC result for length < 50m */
|
|
if(agc_value < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM * em_igp_cable_length_50) {
|
|
agc_value -= min_agc;
|
|
|
|
/* Get the average length of the remaining 3 channels */
|
|
agc_value /= (IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 1);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* Get the average length of all the 4 channels. */
|
|
agc_value /= IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Set the range of the calculated length. */
|
|
*min_length = ((em_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
|
|
IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
|
|
(em_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
|
|
IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
|
|
*max_length = em_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] +
|
|
IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE;
|
|
} else if (hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp_2) {
|
|
uint16_t agc_reg_array[IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
|
|
{IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
|
|
IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
|
|
IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
|
|
IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
|
|
|
|
/* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i],
|
|
&phy_data);
|
|
if (ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Getting bits 15:9, which represent the combination
|
|
* of course and fine gain values. The result is a
|
|
* number that can be put into the lookup table to
|
|
* obtain the approximate cable length.
|
|
*/
|
|
cur_agc = (phy_data >> IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT) &
|
|
IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_MASK;
|
|
|
|
/* Remove min & max AGC values from calculation. */
|
|
if (em_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc] >
|
|
em_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc])
|
|
min_agc = cur_agc;
|
|
if (em_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc] <
|
|
em_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc])
|
|
max_agc = cur_agc;
|
|
|
|
agc_value += em_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
agc_value -= (em_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc] +
|
|
em_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc]);
|
|
agc_value /= (IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 2);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Calculate cable length with the error range
|
|
* of +/- 10 meters.
|
|
*/
|
|
*min_length = ((agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
|
|
(agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
|
|
*max_length = agc_value + IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Check the cable polarity
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* polarity - output parameter : 0 - Polarity is not reversed
|
|
* 1 - Polarity is reversed.
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
|
|
* E1000_SUCCESS
|
|
*
|
|
* For phy's older then IGP, this function simply reads the polarity bit in the
|
|
* Phy Status register. For IGP phy's, this bit is valid only if link speed is
|
|
* 10 Mbps. If the link speed is 100 Mbps there is no polarity so this bit will
|
|
* return 0. If the link speed is 1000 Mbps the polarity status is in the
|
|
* IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_check_polarity(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
uint16_t *polarity)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_check_polarity");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->phy_type == em_phy_m88) {
|
|
/* return the Polarity bit in the Status register. */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
|
|
&phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
*polarity = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY) >>
|
|
M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY_SHIFT;
|
|
} else if(hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp ||
|
|
hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp_2) {
|
|
/* Read the Status register to check the speed */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS,
|
|
&phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* If speed is 1000 Mbps, must read the IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG to
|
|
* find the polarity status */
|
|
if((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
|
|
IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
|
|
|
|
/* Read the GIG initialization PCS register (0x00B4) */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG,
|
|
&phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* Check the polarity bits */
|
|
*polarity = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PHY_POLARITY_MASK) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* For 10 Mbps, read the polarity bit in the status register. (for
|
|
* 100 Mbps this bit is always 0) */
|
|
*polarity = phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_POLARITY_REVERSED;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Check if Downshift occured
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* downshift - output parameter : 0 - No Downshift ocured.
|
|
* 1 - Downshift ocured.
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
|
|
* E1000_SUCCESS
|
|
*
|
|
* For phy's older then IGP, this function reads the Downshift bit in the Phy
|
|
* Specific Status register. For IGP phy's, it reads the Downgrade bit in the
|
|
* Link Health register. In IGP this bit is latched high, so the driver must
|
|
* read it immediately after link is established.
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_check_downshift(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_check_downshift");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp ||
|
|
hw->phy_type == em_phy_igp_2) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_LINK_HEALTH,
|
|
&phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PLHR_SS_DOWNGRADE) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
} else if(hw->phy_type == em_phy_m88) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
|
|
&phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT) >>
|
|
M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT_SHIFT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
*
|
|
* 82541_rev_2 & 82547_rev_2 have the capability to configure the DSP when a
|
|
* gigabit link is achieved to improve link quality.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
|
|
* E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
|
|
*
|
|
****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
boolean_t link_up)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data, phy_saved_data, speed, duplex, i;
|
|
uint16_t dsp_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
|
|
{IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_A,
|
|
IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_B,
|
|
IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_C,
|
|
IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_D};
|
|
uint16_t min_length, max_length;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_config_dsp_after_link_change");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->phy_type != em_phy_igp)
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
if(link_up) {
|
|
ret_val = em_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(speed == SPEED_1000) {
|
|
|
|
em_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
|
|
|
|
if((hw->dsp_config_state == em_dsp_config_enabled) &&
|
|
min_length >= em_igp_cable_length_50) {
|
|
|
|
for(i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
|
|
&phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
|
|
phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
hw->dsp_config_state = em_dsp_config_activated;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if((hw->ffe_config_state == em_ffe_config_enabled) &&
|
|
(min_length < em_igp_cable_length_50)) {
|
|
|
|
uint16_t ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_20;
|
|
uint32_t idle_errs = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* clear previous idle error counts */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
|
|
&phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
for(i = 0; i < ffe_idle_err_timeout; i++) {
|
|
usec_delay(1000);
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
|
|
&phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
idle_errs += (phy_data & SR_1000T_IDLE_ERROR_CNT);
|
|
if(idle_errs > SR_1000T_PHY_EXCESSIVE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT) {
|
|
hw->ffe_config_state = em_ffe_config_active;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw,
|
|
IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
|
|
IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_CM_CP);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(idle_errs)
|
|
ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_100;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if(hw->dsp_config_state == em_dsp_config_activated) {
|
|
/* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
|
|
* the end of the routines. */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
|
|
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* Disable the PHY transmitter */
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
|
|
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
msec_delay_irq(20);
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
|
|
IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
for(i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
|
|
phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_SIGN_EXT_9_BITS;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw,dsp_reg_array[i], phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
|
|
IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
msec_delay_irq(20);
|
|
|
|
/* Now enable the transmitter */
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
|
|
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
hw->dsp_config_state = em_dsp_config_enabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(hw->ffe_config_state == em_ffe_config_active) {
|
|
/* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
|
|
* the end of the routines. */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
|
|
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* Disable the PHY transmitter */
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
|
|
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
msec_delay_irq(20);
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
|
|
IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
|
|
IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_DEFAULT);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
|
|
IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
msec_delay_irq(20);
|
|
|
|
/* Now enable the transmitter */
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
|
|
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
hw->ffe_config_state = em_ffe_config_enabled;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
* Set PHY to class A mode
|
|
* Assumes the following operations will follow to enable the new class mode.
|
|
* 1. Do a PHY soft reset
|
|
* 2. Restart auto-negotiation or force link.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
****************************************************************************/
|
|
static int32_t
|
|
em_set_phy_mode(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t eeprom_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_set_phy_mode");
|
|
|
|
if((hw->mac_type == em_82545_rev_3) &&
|
|
(hw->media_type == em_media_type_copper)) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_WORD, 1, &eeprom_data);
|
|
if(ret_val) {
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if((eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) &&
|
|
(eeprom_data & EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_A)) {
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x000B);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x8104);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
hw->phy_reset_disable = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
*
|
|
* This function sets the lplu state according to the active flag. When
|
|
* activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
|
|
* lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
|
|
* meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
|
|
* hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
|
|
* E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
|
|
*
|
|
****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_set_d3_lplu_state(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
boolean_t active)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_set_d3_lplu_state");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->phy_type != em_phy_igp && hw->phy_type != em_phy_igp_2)
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
/* During driver activity LPLU should not be used or it will attain link
|
|
* from the lowest speeds starting from 10Mbps. The capability is used for
|
|
* Dx transitions and states */
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == em_82547_rev_2) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
} else {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(!active) {
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_82541_rev_2 ||
|
|
hw->mac_type == em_82547_rev_2) {
|
|
phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
} else {
|
|
phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
|
|
phy_data);
|
|
if (ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive. LPLU is used during
|
|
* Dx states where the power conservation is most important. During
|
|
* driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
|
|
* maintained. */
|
|
if (hw->smart_speed == em_smart_speed_on) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
|
|
&phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
|
|
phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
} else if (hw->smart_speed == em_smart_speed_off) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
|
|
&phy_data);
|
|
if (ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
|
|
phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else if((hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT) ||
|
|
(hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_ALL ) ||
|
|
(hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_100_ALL)) {
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type == em_82541_rev_2 ||
|
|
hw->mac_type == em_82547_rev_2) {
|
|
phy_data |= IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
} else {
|
|
phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
|
|
phy_data);
|
|
if (ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
*
|
|
* This function sets the lplu d0 state according to the active flag. When
|
|
* activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
|
|
* lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
|
|
* meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
|
|
* hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
* active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
|
|
* E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
|
|
*
|
|
****************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_set_d0_lplu_state(struct em_hw *hw,
|
|
boolean_t active)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_set_d0_lplu_state");
|
|
|
|
if(hw->mac_type <= em_82547_rev_2)
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
if (!active) {
|
|
phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
|
|
if (ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive. LPLU is used during
|
|
* Dx states where the power conservation is most important. During
|
|
* driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
|
|
* maintained. */
|
|
if (hw->smart_speed == em_smart_speed_on) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
|
|
&phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
|
|
phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
} else if (hw->smart_speed == em_smart_speed_off) {
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
|
|
&phy_data);
|
|
if (ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
|
|
phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
|
|
if (ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Change VCO speed register to improve Bit Error Rate performance of SERDES.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
static int32_t
|
|
em_set_vco_speed(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t default_page = 0;
|
|
uint16_t phy_data;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_set_vco_speed");
|
|
|
|
switch(hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82545_rev_3:
|
|
case em_82546_rev_3:
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Set PHY register 30, page 5, bit 8 to 0 */
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, &default_page);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0005);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT8;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* Set PHY register 30, page 4, bit 11 to 1 */
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0004);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
phy_data |= M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT11;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, default_page);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
* This function reads the cookie from ARC ram.
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - E1000_SUCCESS .
|
|
****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_host_if_read_cookie(struct em_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer)
|
|
{
|
|
uint8_t i;
|
|
uint32_t offset = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_OFFSET;
|
|
uint8_t length = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH;
|
|
|
|
length = (length >> 2);
|
|
offset = (offset >> 2);
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
|
|
*((uint32_t *) buffer + i) =
|
|
E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i);
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
* This function checks whether the HOST IF is enabled for command operaton
|
|
* and also checks whether the previous command is completed.
|
|
* It busy waits in case of previous command is not completed.
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND in case if is not ready or
|
|
* timeout
|
|
* - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
|
|
****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_mng_enable_host_if(struct em_hw * hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t hicr;
|
|
uint8_t i;
|
|
|
|
/* Check that the host interface is enabled. */
|
|
hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
|
|
if ((hicr & E1000_HICR_EN) == 0) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("E1000_HOST_EN bit disabled.\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
|
|
}
|
|
/* check the previous command is completed */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT; i++) {
|
|
hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
|
|
if (!(hicr & E1000_HICR_C))
|
|
break;
|
|
msec_delay_irq(1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (i == E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Previous command timeout failed .\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
* This function writes the buffer content at the offset given on the host if.
|
|
* It also does alignment considerations to do the writes in most efficient way.
|
|
* Also fills up the sum of the buffer in *buffer parameter.
|
|
*
|
|
* returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
|
|
****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_mng_host_if_write(struct em_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer,
|
|
uint16_t length, uint16_t offset, uint8_t *sum)
|
|
{
|
|
uint8_t *tmp;
|
|
uint8_t *bufptr = buffer;
|
|
uint32_t data;
|
|
uint16_t remaining, i, j, prev_bytes;
|
|
|
|
/* sum = only sum of the data and it is not checksum */
|
|
|
|
if (length == 0 || offset + length > E1000_HI_MAX_MNG_DATA_LENGTH) {
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
tmp = (uint8_t *)&data;
|
|
prev_bytes = offset & 0x3;
|
|
offset &= 0xFFFC;
|
|
offset >>= 2;
|
|
|
|
if (prev_bytes) {
|
|
data = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset);
|
|
for (j = prev_bytes; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
|
|
*(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
|
|
*sum += *(tmp + j);
|
|
}
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset, data);
|
|
length -= j - prev_bytes;
|
|
offset++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
remaining = length & 0x3;
|
|
length -= remaining;
|
|
|
|
/* Calculate length in DWORDs */
|
|
length >>= 2;
|
|
|
|
/* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the
|
|
* ram area. */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
|
|
for (j = 0; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
|
|
*(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
|
|
*sum += *(tmp + j);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
|
|
}
|
|
if (remaining) {
|
|
for (j = 0; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
|
|
if (j < remaining)
|
|
*(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
|
|
else
|
|
*(tmp + j) = 0;
|
|
|
|
*sum += *(tmp + j);
|
|
}
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
* This function writes the command header after does the checksum calculation.
|
|
*
|
|
* returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
|
|
****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_mng_write_cmd_header(struct em_hw * hw,
|
|
struct em_host_mng_command_header * hdr)
|
|
{
|
|
uint16_t i;
|
|
uint8_t sum;
|
|
uint8_t *buffer;
|
|
|
|
/* Write the whole command header structure which includes sum of
|
|
* the buffer */
|
|
|
|
uint16_t length = sizeof(struct em_host_mng_command_header);
|
|
|
|
sum = hdr->checksum;
|
|
hdr->checksum = 0;
|
|
|
|
buffer = (uint8_t *) hdr;
|
|
i = length;
|
|
while(i--)
|
|
sum += buffer[i];
|
|
|
|
hdr->checksum = 0 - sum;
|
|
|
|
length >>= 2;
|
|
/* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the ram area. */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, i, *((uint32_t *) hdr + i));
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
* This function indicates to ARC that a new command is pending which completes
|
|
* one write operation by the driver.
|
|
*
|
|
* returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
|
|
****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_mng_write_commit(
|
|
struct em_hw * hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t hicr;
|
|
|
|
hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
|
|
/* Setting this bit tells the ARC that a new command is pending. */
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, HICR, hicr | E1000_HICR_C);
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
* This function checks the mode of the firmware.
|
|
*
|
|
* returns - TRUE when the mode is IAMT or FALSE.
|
|
****************************************************************************/
|
|
boolean_t
|
|
em_check_mng_mode(
|
|
struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t fwsm;
|
|
|
|
fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
|
|
|
|
if((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
|
|
(E1000_MNG_IAMT_MODE << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
* This function writes the dhcp info .
|
|
****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_mng_write_dhcp_info(struct em_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer,
|
|
uint16_t length)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
struct em_host_mng_command_header hdr;
|
|
|
|
hdr.command_id = E1000_MNG_DHCP_TX_PAYLOAD_CMD;
|
|
hdr.command_length = length;
|
|
hdr.reserved1 = 0;
|
|
hdr.reserved2 = 0;
|
|
hdr.checksum = 0;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
|
|
if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
|
|
ret_val = em_mng_host_if_write(hw, buffer, length, sizeof(hdr),
|
|
&(hdr.checksum));
|
|
if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
|
|
ret_val = em_mng_write_cmd_header(hw, &hdr);
|
|
if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS)
|
|
ret_val = em_mng_write_commit(hw);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
* This function calculates the checksum.
|
|
*
|
|
* returns - checksum of buffer contents.
|
|
****************************************************************************/
|
|
uint8_t
|
|
em_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, uint32_t length)
|
|
{
|
|
uint8_t sum = 0;
|
|
uint32_t i;
|
|
|
|
if (!buffer)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
for (i=0; i < length; i++)
|
|
sum += buffer[i];
|
|
|
|
return (uint8_t) (0 - sum);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*****************************************************************************
|
|
* This function checks whether tx pkt filtering needs to be enabled or not.
|
|
*
|
|
* returns - TRUE for packet filtering or FALSE.
|
|
****************************************************************************/
|
|
boolean_t
|
|
em_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
/* called in init as well as watchdog timer functions */
|
|
|
|
int32_t ret_val, checksum;
|
|
boolean_t tx_filter = FALSE;
|
|
struct em_host_mng_dhcp_cookie *hdr = &(hw->mng_cookie);
|
|
uint8_t *buffer = (uint8_t *) &(hw->mng_cookie);
|
|
|
|
if (em_check_mng_mode(hw)) {
|
|
ret_val = em_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
|
|
if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
|
|
ret_val = em_host_if_read_cookie(hw, buffer);
|
|
if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
|
|
checksum = hdr->checksum;
|
|
hdr->checksum = 0;
|
|
if ((hdr->signature == E1000_IAMT_SIGNATURE) &&
|
|
checksum == em_calculate_mng_checksum((char *)buffer,
|
|
E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH)) {
|
|
if (hdr->status &
|
|
E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_STATUS_PARSING_SUPPORT)
|
|
tx_filter = TRUE;
|
|
} else
|
|
tx_filter = TRUE;
|
|
} else
|
|
tx_filter = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
hw->tx_pkt_filtering = tx_filter;
|
|
return tx_filter;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Verifies the hardware needs to allow ARPs to be processed by the host
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - TRUE/FALSE
|
|
*
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
uint32_t
|
|
em_enable_mng_pass_thru(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t manc;
|
|
uint32_t fwsm, factps;
|
|
|
|
if (hw->asf_firmware_present) {
|
|
manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
|
|
|
|
if (!(manc & E1000_MANC_RCV_TCO_EN) ||
|
|
!(manc & E1000_MANC_EN_MAC_ADDR_FILTER))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
if (em_arc_subsystem_valid(hw) == TRUE) {
|
|
fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
|
|
factps = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FACTPS);
|
|
|
|
if (((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
|
|
(em_mng_mode_pt << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT)) &&
|
|
(factps & E1000_FACTPS_MNGCG))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
} else
|
|
if ((manc & E1000_MANC_SMBUS_EN) && !(manc & E1000_MANC_ASF_EN))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int32_t
|
|
em_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t ret_val;
|
|
uint16_t mii_status_reg;
|
|
uint16_t i;
|
|
|
|
/* Polarity reversal workaround for forced 10F/10H links. */
|
|
|
|
/* Disable the transmitter on the PHY */
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFFF);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* This loop will early-out if the NO link condition has been met. */
|
|
for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
|
|
/* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
|
|
* to be clear.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
if((mii_status_reg & ~MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) == 0) break;
|
|
msec_delay_irq(100);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Recommended delay time after link has been lost */
|
|
msec_delay_irq(1000);
|
|
|
|
/* Now we will re-enable th transmitter on the PHY */
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
msec_delay_irq(50);
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFF0);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
msec_delay_irq(50);
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFF00);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
msec_delay_irq(50);
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x0000);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
/* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met. */
|
|
for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
|
|
/* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
|
|
* to be set.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
ret_val = em_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
|
|
if(ret_val)
|
|
return ret_val;
|
|
|
|
if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
|
|
msec_delay_irq(100);
|
|
}
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/***************************************************************************
|
|
*
|
|
* Disables PCI-Express master access.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - none.
|
|
*
|
|
***************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_set_pci_express_master_disable(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ctrl;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_set_pci_express_master_disable");
|
|
|
|
if (hw->bus_type != em_bus_type_pci_express)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_GIO_MASTER_DISABLE;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/***************************************************************************
|
|
*
|
|
* Enables PCI-Express master access.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - none.
|
|
*
|
|
***************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_enable_pciex_master(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t ctrl;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_enable_pciex_master");
|
|
|
|
if (hw->bus_type != em_bus_type_pci_express)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
|
|
ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_GIO_MASTER_DISABLE;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*******************************************************************************
|
|
*
|
|
* Disables PCI-Express master access and verifies there are no pending requests
|
|
*
|
|
* hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING if master disable bit hasn't
|
|
* caused the master requests to be disabled.
|
|
* E1000_SUCCESS master requests disabled.
|
|
*
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_disable_pciex_master(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t timeout = MASTER_DISABLE_TIMEOUT; /* 80ms */
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_disable_pciex_master");
|
|
|
|
if (hw->bus_type != em_bus_type_pci_express)
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
em_set_pci_express_master_disable(hw);
|
|
|
|
while(timeout) {
|
|
if(!(E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_GIO_MASTER_ENABLE))
|
|
break;
|
|
else
|
|
usec_delay(100);
|
|
timeout--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(!timeout) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Master requests are pending.\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*******************************************************************************
|
|
*
|
|
* Check for EEPROM Auto Read bit done.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
|
|
* E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
|
|
*
|
|
******************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_get_auto_rd_done(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t timeout = AUTO_READ_DONE_TIMEOUT;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_get_auto_rd_done");
|
|
|
|
switch (hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82573:
|
|
case em_82571:
|
|
case em_82572:
|
|
while(timeout) {
|
|
if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD) & E1000_EECD_AUTO_RD) break;
|
|
else msec_delay(1);
|
|
timeout--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(!timeout) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Auto read by HW from EEPROM has not completed.\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
msec_delay(5);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* PHY configuration from NVM just starts after EECD_AUTO_RD sets to high.
|
|
* Need to wait for PHY configuration completion before accessing NVM
|
|
* and PHY. */
|
|
if (hw->mac_type == em_82573)
|
|
msec_delay(25);
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/***************************************************************************
|
|
* Checks if the PHY configuration is done
|
|
*
|
|
* hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
|
|
* E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
|
|
*
|
|
***************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_get_phy_cfg_done(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t timeout = PHY_CFG_TIMEOUT;
|
|
uint32_t cfg_mask = E1000_EEPROM_CFG_DONE;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_get_phy_cfg_done");
|
|
|
|
switch (hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82571:
|
|
case em_82572:
|
|
while (timeout) {
|
|
if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EEMNGCTL) & cfg_mask)
|
|
break;
|
|
else
|
|
msec_delay(1);
|
|
timeout--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!timeout) {
|
|
DEBUGOUT("MNG configuration cycle has not completed.\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
msec_delay(10);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/***************************************************************************
|
|
*
|
|
* Using the combination of SMBI and SWESMBI semaphore bits when resetting
|
|
* adapter or Eeprom access.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - E1000_ERR_EEPROM if fail to access EEPROM.
|
|
* E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
|
|
*
|
|
***************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t timeout;
|
|
uint32_t swsm;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore");
|
|
|
|
if(!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the FW semaphore. */
|
|
timeout = hw->eeprom.word_size + 1;
|
|
while(timeout) {
|
|
swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
|
|
swsm |= E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI;
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
|
|
/* if we managed to set the bit we got the semaphore. */
|
|
swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
|
|
if(swsm & E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
usec_delay(50);
|
|
timeout--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(!timeout) {
|
|
/* Release semaphores */
|
|
em_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
|
|
DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access the Eeprom - SWESMBI bit is set.\n");
|
|
return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/***************************************************************************
|
|
* This function clears HW semaphore bits.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - None.
|
|
*
|
|
***************************************************************************/
|
|
void
|
|
em_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t swsm;
|
|
|
|
DEBUGFUNC("em_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore");
|
|
|
|
if(!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
|
|
swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
|
|
E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/******************************************************************************
|
|
* Checks if PHY reset is blocked due to SOL/IDER session, for example.
|
|
* Returning E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET isn't necessarily an error. But it's up to
|
|
* the caller to figure out how to deal with it.
|
|
*
|
|
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
|
|
*
|
|
* returns: - E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET
|
|
* E1000_SUCCESS
|
|
*
|
|
*****************************************************************************/
|
|
int32_t
|
|
em_check_phy_reset_block(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t manc = 0;
|
|
if (hw->mac_type > em_82547_rev_2)
|
|
manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
|
|
return (manc & E1000_MANC_BLK_PHY_RST_ON_IDE) ?
|
|
E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET : E1000_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint8_t
|
|
em_arc_subsystem_valid(struct em_hw *hw)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t fwsm;
|
|
|
|
/* On 8257x silicon, registers in the range of 0x8800 - 0x8FFC
|
|
* may not be provided a DMA clock when no manageability features are
|
|
* enabled. We do not want to perform any reads/writes to these registers
|
|
* if this is the case. We read FWSM to determine the manageability mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (hw->mac_type) {
|
|
case em_82571:
|
|
case em_82572:
|
|
case em_82573:
|
|
fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
|
|
if((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) != 0)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|